06.12.2012 Views

African Forest Biodiversity - Earthwatch Institute

African Forest Biodiversity - Earthwatch Institute

African Forest Biodiversity - Earthwatch Institute

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

A Field Survey Manual for Vertebrates<br />

Edited by Glyn Davies


<strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe)<br />

<strong>Earthwatch</strong> supports field research projects in over 50 countries around<br />

the world, covering a wide range of disciplines, species and habitats. The<br />

organisation has supported research in <strong>African</strong> tropical forests for over 20<br />

years, and accepts applications for funding from researchers across the<br />

continent.<br />

<strong>Earthwatch</strong> runs a professional development programme designed to<br />

build the capacity of <strong>African</strong> institutions working to conserve biodiversity. Our<br />

<strong>African</strong> Fellowship Programme places <strong>African</strong> conservationists, scientists and<br />

NGO staff on field research projects relevant to their professional lives. The<br />

programme provides training in an <strong>African</strong> context; through the unique<br />

experience of practical participation on a project in another <strong>African</strong> country; and<br />

working in an international team with other <strong>African</strong> Conservation professionals<br />

from across the continent. This manual provides a valuable supporting<br />

resource to participants of the Fellowship Programme and other related<br />

partners.<br />

The Zoological Society of London<br />

The Zoological Society of London (ZSL) was founded in 1826, and is an<br />

international scientific, conservation and educational organisation. Our mission<br />

is to achieve and promote the worldwide conservation of animals and their<br />

habitats. ZSL runs London Zoo and Whipsnade Wild Animal Park, carries out<br />

scientific research through the <strong>Institute</strong> of Zoology, and is actively involved in<br />

field conservation through our international field conservation programmes.


<strong>African</strong> <strong>Forest</strong> <strong>Biodiversity</strong>:<br />

A Field Survey Manual for<br />

Vertebrates<br />

Editor Glyn Davies<br />

Assistant Editor Michael Hoffmann<br />

Authors<br />

Leon Bennun<br />

Birdlife International<br />

Wellbrook Court<br />

Girton Road<br />

Cambridge CB3 0NA<br />

UK<br />

Glyn Davies<br />

Zoological Society of London<br />

Regents Park<br />

London NW1 4RY<br />

UK<br />

Kim Howell<br />

Department of Zoology and Marine Biology<br />

University of Dar es Salaam<br />

PO Box 35064<br />

Dar es Salaam<br />

Tanzania<br />

Helen Newing<br />

Durrell <strong>Institute</strong> of Conservation and Ecology<br />

University of Kent at Canterbury<br />

Canterbury<br />

Kent CT2 7NS<br />

UK<br />

Matthew Linkie<br />

Durrell <strong>Institute</strong> of Conservation and Ecology<br />

University of Kent at Canterbury<br />

Canterbury<br />

Kent CT2 7NS<br />

UK<br />

Illustrations by John Clarke


First published in 2002. Updated and revised second edition published in the UK in 2004 by<br />

<strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe).<br />

ISBN 0-9538179-6-2<br />

Publisher’s reference: 294-08-04<br />

Copyright <strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe) and contributors 2004. All rights reserved. The use and<br />

reproduction of any part of this publication is welcomed for non-commercial purposes only,<br />

provided that the source is acknowledged.<br />

The first edition of this publication was funded by the EC Tropical <strong>Forest</strong>s budget line. The authors<br />

are solely responsible for all opinions expressed in this document, which do not necessarily reflect<br />

those of the European Union.<br />

Printed by Seacourt, who hold ISO 14001 and EMAS environmental certifications, using waterless<br />

printing and vegetable-based inks on chlorine free part-recycled paper.<br />

<strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe) is the European affiliate of <strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong>, which is based in the<br />

USA and was founded in Boston in 1971. Other affiliate offices in the <strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> network<br />

are based in Australia and Japan. <strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe) is the working name for<br />

Conservation Education & Research Trust (CERT), a company limited by guarantee registered in<br />

England and Wales (number: 4373313) and a registered charity (number: 1094467). Registered<br />

office: 267 Banbury Road, Oxford, OX2 7HT, UK. www.earthwatch.org/europe


Acknowledgements<br />

This manual has benefited from discussions and the reports from two<br />

forest survey workshops: Kakamega, Kenya (1995) and Limbe, Cameroon<br />

(1996). This restructured and rewritten document has been improved with<br />

helpful comments and advice from: Tom Butynski, Tim Davenport, Rob and<br />

Cheryl Fimbel, Frank Hawkins, Dwight Larsen, Martyn Murray, John Oates,<br />

Andy Plumptre, and Justina Ray. I am grateful to all of them for their time and<br />

assistance. I am indebted to all the authors, who have stuck at this through<br />

thick and thin, and to John Clarke whose plates have greatly enhanced the<br />

visual image of the document.<br />

Mike Hoffmann came to our aid with the final compilation and editing,<br />

and Sylvia Howe provided the original design and layout. Julian Laird<br />

(<strong>Earthwatch</strong> Europe) steadfastly supported the production of this<br />

document following a visit to Limbe in 1997. We acknowledge the financial<br />

support of the EC Tropical <strong>Forest</strong>s budget line for the production of the first<br />

edition of this book, and Rio Tinto plc for distribution of the first edition and both<br />

production and distribution of the second edition.<br />

Glyn Davies<br />

Editor<br />

Main cover photograph by Glyn Davies.<br />

Side bar photographs by Glyn Davies, except bottom photograph<br />

courtesy of Marcus Rowcliffe.


1. Introduction<br />

Contents<br />

1.1 Background 1<br />

1.2 Scope of the Manual 2<br />

1.3 Structure and content 3<br />

2. <strong>Forest</strong> Surveys<br />

2.1 What is forest biodiversity? 5<br />

2.2 <strong>Forest</strong> management 7<br />

2.3 Research into forest biodiversity 9<br />

2.4 Ethical and legal standards 11<br />

2.5 Preparations 11<br />

2.6 A note on market surveys<br />

and questionnaires/ interviews 14<br />

2.7 Health and safety 15<br />

2.8 References 16<br />

3. Amphibians and reptiles: herptiles<br />

3.1 Biology 17<br />

3.2 Management issues 18<br />

3.3 Methods 19<br />

3.3.1 General surveys 21<br />

3.3.2 Drift fences and pitfall traps 23<br />

3.3.3 Canopy walkway trap 27<br />

3.3.4 Snake trapping 29<br />

3.3.5 Capture, mark, recapture 31<br />

3.3.6 <strong>Forest</strong> litter plots 31<br />

3.3.7 Time-constrained searches 33<br />

3.3.8 Transect counts 34<br />

3.3.9 Territory mapping 34<br />

3.3.10 Sound recording surveys 35<br />

3.4 Specimen handling 36<br />

3.5 Health and safety 37<br />

3.6 Conclusions 38<br />

3.7 References 39


4. Small mammals: bats, rodents<br />

and insectivores<br />

4.1 Biology 45<br />

4.2 Management issues 47<br />

4.3 Methods 48<br />

4.3.1 General surveys 49<br />

4.3.2 Bat roost surveys 49<br />

4.3.3 Live-trapping: rodents and insectivores 50<br />

4.3.4 Live-trapping: bats 54<br />

4.3.5 Capture, mark, recapture 58<br />

4.3.6 Removal or dead-trapping 59<br />

4.4 Specimen handling 60<br />

4.5 Health and safety 64<br />

4.6 Conclusions 64<br />

4.7 References 65<br />

5. Large and medium-sized mammals<br />

5.1 Biology 69<br />

5.2 Management issues 70<br />

5.3 Methods 72<br />

5.3.1 Hunters’ calls, attractants and observation points 73<br />

5.3.2 Net drives 75<br />

5.3.3 Survey walks: transects 77<br />

A. Surveys for direct observations of animals 80<br />

B. Dung counts 82<br />

C. Track (footprint) surveys 86<br />

5.3.4 Photo-recording 90<br />

5.4 Conclusions 92<br />

5.5 References 92


6. Primates<br />

6.1 Biology 99<br />

6.2 Management issues 102<br />

6.3 Methods 104<br />

6.3.1 Distribution surveys 105<br />

6.3.2 Line transects 106<br />

A. Animal sightings 107<br />

B. Nest counts 110<br />

C. Mapping calls 111<br />

6.3.3 Sweep surveys 114<br />

6.4 Conclusions 116<br />

6.5 References 116<br />

7. Birds<br />

7.1 Biology 121<br />

7.2 Management issues 124<br />

7.3 Methods 126<br />

7.3.1 General surveys 130<br />

7.3.2 Timed species-counts (TSCs) 131<br />

7.3.3 MacKinnon lists and related methods 134<br />

7.3.4 Timed transects (TTs) 136<br />

7.3.5 Fixed-width transect counts 136<br />

7.3.6 Fixed-width point counts 138<br />

7.3.7 Distance sampling 140<br />

7.3.8 Mist netting and ringing 141<br />

7.3.9 Sound recording 147<br />

7.3.10 Territory mapping 149<br />

7.3.11 Special considerations 149<br />

7.4 Specimen handling 151<br />

7.5 Health and safety 152<br />

7.6 Conclusions 152<br />

7.7 References 154


1. Introduction<br />

Glyn Davies<br />

1.1 Background<br />

This manual is the product of many years of forest survey experience,<br />

and is based upon discussions between field workers about ways that surveys<br />

can be improved and standardised.<br />

The first steps towards producing this manual were taken at the 4 th East<br />

<strong>African</strong> Regional Database workshop, held in Kampala in August 1993, when<br />

participants expressed an urgent need for guidelines that would allow standardisation<br />

of field methods for forest biodiversity surveys. In response, the<br />

regional Global Environment Facility (GEF) Project (Institutional Support for the<br />

Protection of East <strong>African</strong> <strong>Biodiversity</strong>) agreed to fund a training workshop, as<br />

part of its Conservation and Management of Closed <strong>Forest</strong>s programme. This<br />

workshop was held in Kakamega <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve and Mount Elgon National<br />

Park, Kenya in November 1994, and led to the production of a workshop<br />

report/training manual titled Guidelines for <strong>Forest</strong> <strong>Biodiversity</strong> Inventories<br />

(1995:UHNO/RAF/006/GEF).<br />

Two years later, at another GEF-supported workshop in Limbe Botanic<br />

Garden, Cameroon, many of the same forest survey issues were discussed in<br />

the context of the Central <strong>African</strong> region (March 1996). Another workshop<br />

report was produced at this meeting: Protocols for Biological Surveys in<br />

Cameroonian <strong>Forest</strong>s.<br />

1


Although both workshop reports served their immediate purposes of<br />

recording conclusions of survey experience, there were frequent requests<br />

(often from isolated project managers and field staff) for copies of the documents<br />

long after the workshops had finished. Because the obvious conclusion<br />

from both of these documents was that many of the survey methods could be<br />

applied in the field in both forest regions, the requests prompted the current<br />

collaborative effort to produce a forest survey field manual that would be<br />

distributed widely.<br />

1.2 Scope of the manual<br />

This manual concentrates only on forest vertebrates, excluding fish.<br />

The Kakamega and Limbe workshops focused on surveys of a much wider<br />

spectrum of forest fauna and flora, and attention was also given to socio-economic<br />

survey methods. It was beyond the resources of those involved in the<br />

production of this manual to cover this full range of subjects, but it is hoped<br />

that future survey manuals can be produced to cover them.<br />

Two excellent series that describe survey methods for single taxonomic<br />

groups are the comprehensive Measuring and Monitoring <strong>Biodiversity</strong> series,<br />

produced by the Smithsonian Institution (Washington, USA), and the lessdetailed<br />

Expeditions Field Techniques series by the Royal Geographical<br />

Society (London, UK). Furthermore, an excellent technical handbook<br />

Conservation Research in <strong>African</strong> Rainforests (White & Edwards, 2000) has<br />

recently been published, which focuses on vegetation and large mammal<br />

surveys in central Africa.<br />

This manual differs in that it moves away from the single taxonomic<br />

group approach, and considers the full range of vertebrates found in <strong>African</strong><br />

forests. By so doing, we hope to raise awareness about the possibilities of carrying<br />

out surveys of several taxonomic groups at a given forest site. This does<br />

not preclude surveys focusing on particuar groups; but does encourage data<br />

gathering on other species (see general surveys in each chapter).<br />

The target audience for the manual comprises four main groups:<br />

● people carrying out short reconnaissance surveys and expeditions;<br />

● undergraduate and graduate students carrying out project<br />

and thesis work;<br />

● research departments of forest, wildlife and national parks<br />

departments;<br />

● forest and wildlife managers and technicians with responsibility<br />

for monitoring biodiversity.<br />

2


Enlightened forest management requires information about a broad<br />

range of species, and time is too short, and resources too limited, for all forest<br />

areas to be considered by separate specialist survey teams. By explaining the<br />

range of methods available to gather information on biodiversity issues, forest<br />

managers and planners will be aware of how information is gathered, and so<br />

feel better equipped to include biodiversity in their work.<br />

The primary aim of the manual, therefore, is to provide an overview of<br />

the methods that can be used to gather information needed for effective management<br />

of <strong>African</strong> forests, which takes full account of all vertebrates as a<br />

component of forest ecosystem biodiversity.<br />

An important extension of this aim is to encourage surveyors and<br />

researchers to use standardised methods so that survey results can be used to<br />

monitor change over time, whether changes are positive as a result of management<br />

interventions or negative as a result of unsustainable use or clearance.<br />

Long-term monitoring usually involves different surveyors, as people change<br />

jobs or move, and each set of new observers/surveyors should use the same<br />

methods if the results are to be comparable. While focusing attention on this<br />

need for standardised methods, it is understood that methods continue to be<br />

improved, and different forests, survey team resources, and management<br />

questions will all require adaptation of the standard techniques.<br />

Finally, the manual is intended as a field companion, and as a training<br />

tool for students, at college and university, and in forest and wildlife services.<br />

However, this manual is not a field identification guide and the relevant identification<br />

guides will be needed.<br />

1.3 Structure and content<br />

Chapter 2, <strong>Forest</strong> Surveys, gives a brief introduction to forest biodiversity<br />

and management, and the need for research as a tool in managing forest biodiversity.<br />

In addition, it includes introductory notes on ethical and legal standards,<br />

preparations for carrying out surveys, and notes on health and safety.<br />

Chapters 3 to 7 cover the survey methods according to each respective<br />

group of animals. Each chapter includes sections on the biology and management<br />

issues of the relevant group, the various survey methods, followed by<br />

pointers on specimen handling and, in some cases, additional notes on health<br />

and safety. Each chapter concludes with a list of references. To ease reference,<br />

the survey methods discussed in these chapters have been organised to<br />

follow generally similar headings giving: additional/special equipment or personnel<br />

required (see 2.5); site selection (where pertinent); procedure;<br />

processes of recording; data analysis; and an assessment of the advantages<br />

and limitations of the methods. To avoid unnecessary repetition, certain<br />

3


sections have not been duplicated in each chapter, in which case the reader<br />

will be referred to the relevant section in another chapter. However, readers are<br />

advised to read the introductory sections of all chapters because different<br />

authors have stressed different issues – all of which are important whatever<br />

species group is being surveyed.<br />

The manual can be carried into the field to guide survey work, in order to<br />

ensure that the right information is gathered for subsequent analysis and report<br />

writing. It is beyond the scope of this manual to provide details of the statistical<br />

tests or analyses required to analyse and interpret field survey results<br />

accurately. Instead, such texts are referenced in the chapters (including the<br />

Smithsonian series and White & Edwards (2000)), and these should be consulted<br />

in conjunction with this manual. Sample survey forms, which can be<br />

photocopied for use in the field, are included at the back of each chapter.<br />

Given the background, some chapters put stronger emphasis on forests<br />

in eastern Africa, and others on western and central Africa. However, the survey<br />

methods described, and the principles that need to be followed, apply in all<br />

forest surveys in Africa, in Madagascar, and, indeed, even on other continents.<br />

4


2. <strong>Forest</strong> Surveys<br />

Glyn Davies<br />

2.1 What is forest diversity?<br />

<strong>Biodiversity</strong> is the wealth of all life on earth, which can be considered at<br />

three inter-linked levels: genetic, species and ecosystem (see Box 1).<br />

<strong>Biodiversity</strong> is ‘... the variability among living organisms from all<br />

sources, including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems<br />

and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity<br />

within species, between species and of ecosystems.’ (Article 2, Convention<br />

on Biological Diversity, 1992).<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> biodiversity can also be considered in terms of composition,<br />

structure and function, and generally is characterised by:<br />

● very high species richness – 50% of all terrestrial species in the<br />

world are found in rain forests;<br />

● multi-layered structure, with giant emergent trees, forest floor<br />

herbs, epiphytic herbs and woody lianas, and a correspondingly<br />

dark understorey;<br />

● often infertile soils and rapid recycling of plant and soil nutrients;<br />

● long timescales over which patterns of regeneration and<br />

reproduction take place.<br />

5


Box 1: Levels of biodiversity<br />

● Genetic biodiversity refers to the frequency and variety of genes<br />

and/or genomes within, and between, populations of the same<br />

species, and the information contained within these genes provides<br />

the basis for evolution through adaptation. Examples of genetic biodiversity<br />

are reflected in the different coat colours of mona monkeys,<br />

Cercopithecus mona, or in the yields of a plantation tree species.<br />

● Species biodiversity refers to the number and abundance of species<br />

in an area, and the extent to which species differ in their genetic<br />

make-up. It incorporates characteristics such as taxonomic uniqueness,<br />

size and structure, population dynamics, reproductive cycles and<br />

behaviour patterns.<br />

● Ecosystem biodiversity is reflected in the definition of an ecosystem:<br />

‘...a dynamic complex of plant, animal and micro-organism communities<br />

and their non-living environment, interacting as a functional unit.’<br />

(Convention on Biological Diversity). The interplay between species<br />

includes pollination, predation, parasitism and symbiosis, while the<br />

interaction between species and their non-living environment includes<br />

soil formation, photosynthesis etc. Ecosystems and human culture<br />

have influenced each other over the millennia, giving rise to productive<br />

landscapes that combine biological and cultural diversity.<br />

Measuring forest biodiversity must therefore take account of these<br />

characteristics, and pay attention to different species’ qualities, sometimes<br />

termed ‘bioqualities’ – are they common, forest-dependent, rare, insectivorous,<br />

medicinal plants, marketable timber, and so on? With such a range of features<br />

to consider, and a lack of detailed ecological information on many forest<br />

species, it is inevitable that surveys have often focused on a number of indicator<br />

species in an area as a first approximation of forest biodiversity (Noss,<br />

1990). But this raises the question of which species to select for surveys.<br />

One obvious approach is to focus on one, or a set of, key species in<br />

relation to a particular management question, such as over-exploitation of a<br />

medicinal plant, or the unsustainable trapping of large mammals. By monitoring<br />

these ‘threatened’ species, and ensuring that their use is managed in a<br />

sustainable way, other forest plant and animal groups may also benefit. This is<br />

not automatically the case, because species-specific threats may not apply to<br />

all groups; for example, small birds are unlikely to be affected by the hunting of<br />

large mammals, and timber trees will continue to stand long after medicinal<br />

herbs have been lost. But monitoring the impacts of threats is an important first<br />

step in improving forest management.<br />

6


A similar approach applies when surveys focus on species that are<br />

known to be rare, on the basis that if conditions are suitable for the rarest forest<br />

species, then commoner forest species will probably have healthy populations.<br />

However, the current and past causes of rarity vary greatly, and therefore<br />

limit the usefulness of rare species as indicators. Nonetheless, if a number<br />

of nationally or globally rare species are present then the condition of the<br />

forest ecosystem is likely to be good.<br />

To assess the impacts of forest habitat change across a wider range of<br />

species, a set of indicator species are often selected from (a) particular taxonomic<br />

group(s) about which there is a good body of taxonomic and ecological<br />

knowledge. For example, changes to a forest habitat have been shown to<br />

influence the population densities of forest-specialist bird species (e.g.<br />

Newmark, 1991), and the factors that have caused their decline may also affect<br />

forest specialists in other taxonomic groups. But we need to research whether<br />

‘sensitive’ species in different taxonomic groups all respond in the same way to<br />

the same changes in the forest ecosystem. Pending such an investigation,<br />

caution is necessary before extrapolating impacts of forest change from one<br />

indicator group to another.<br />

Besides being cautious about the use of indicator species, care is<br />

needed with regard to the seasons and timescale over which surveys are carried<br />

out. In some seasons, species may be easier or harder to locate because<br />

of particular behavioural traits: breeding, migration, food abundance and so on.<br />

To get year-round data, surveys need to be carried out in different seasons.<br />

Furthermore, long timescales need to be used if ecosystem functions are to be<br />

monitored, because the impact of species declines on other processes may<br />

take a considerable time before they are felt. For example, some trees whose<br />

seeds are dispersed by elephants may decline over decades as a result of the<br />

elimination of large mammals by hunters.<br />

2.2 <strong>Forest</strong> management<br />

From the outset, it is important to stress that conservation and sustainable<br />

use of forests can only occur if forest habitat is maintained. <strong>Forest</strong> cover<br />

can include indigenous, naturally regenerating forest, and planted/managed<br />

forests of indigenous or exotic species. Trees planted on farms are also important<br />

for biodiversity, especially where they act as corridors connecting different<br />

forest patches. However, having emphasised this basic point, not all types of<br />

forest are equally important for the maintenance of biodiversity.<br />

Most of the natural forests in Africa face pressure from communities who<br />

derive their basic livelihood from forests, or the land on which they grow, and<br />

even greater pressure comes from commercial plantation companies and<br />

7


extractors of timber and other products. Conflicts often occur as a result of<br />

competition for forest resources from local people’s livelihoods, commerce,<br />

wildlife and forestry, and the alarming rate of biodiversity loss in <strong>African</strong> forests<br />

poses an international concern.<br />

International and national discussions and processes, such as the<br />

national Tropical <strong>Forest</strong> Action Plans, the UN Forum on <strong>Forest</strong>s and the<br />

International Timber Trade Organization, have all been developed to address<br />

this problem. These processes are mirrored by the conferences of the<br />

Convention on Biological Diversity, and its related <strong>Biodiversity</strong> Strategies and<br />

Action Plans, which include decisions on forest biodiversity.<br />

While these international policy processes evolve, there is a pressing<br />

need to address the conflicts on the ground, and inform policy debate with<br />

appropriate information on the range of uses that forests can fulfil. Also, it is at<br />

the field level that decisions need to be taken, by the owner/steward of a forest<br />

area, on the management aims for forest areas.<br />

Box 2: Examples of forest management aims<br />

● Ensure high quality fresh water at acceptable flow-rates, minimise<br />

erosion and movement of soil, and stabilise hillsides, through forest<br />

management in watersheds.<br />

● Conserve a representative sample of a biological region<br />

(province, biome or habitat) in a state relatively unaltered by<br />

modern man, and avoid the loss of species and erosion of<br />

genetic diversity.<br />

● Maintain areas and features that are essential for ecological<br />

processes, such as migrations and biological cycles, and<br />

rehabilitate degraded areas.<br />

● Protect sites of cultural or archaeological importance.<br />

● Ensure the supply of wood and non-wood products to satisfy<br />

local/national/international demand.<br />

● Provide facilities and opportunities for tourism, recreation,<br />

environmental education, research and monitoring.<br />

● Retain a maximum choice of land-use options for the future.<br />

Developing and implementing forest management plans through consultation<br />

processes, involving civil society (especially local communities), government<br />

and the private sector, allows different forest users’ needs to be taken<br />

into account. The management plan can then include actions to prevent damage<br />

to ecological services, and limit loss of genes, species and forest habitats,<br />

while forests continue to supply important goods and services. Drawing up<br />

8


multiple-use management plans to address this range of issues requires a<br />

number of different types of information.<br />

Box 3: Sets of information needed for forest<br />

management planning<br />

● Physical features: location; area; altitude; topography and drainage;<br />

infrastructure (including villages); climate.<br />

● Biological resources: biodiversity; abundance and yields of commer-<br />

cial species.<br />

● Social, policy and legal framework: the population density, with an<br />

assessment of the proportion and distribution of indigenous, local and<br />

recently arrived groups; patterns of forest use by different groups; and<br />

national and traditional laws relating to land ownership, forest use and<br />

management, and their effectiveness.<br />

● Economic context: what economic policies and market forces<br />

are influencing the rates at which different forest resources<br />

(including forested land) are being used?<br />

It is the responsibility of those carrying out biodiversity surveys to present<br />

their results in a form that can be understood by people interested in<br />

managing the forest (not just technicians and scientists), so that social,<br />

economic and biological information can be integrated, and the information<br />

understood by local people, government and private enterprise.<br />

The results also need to show the links between the details of forest<br />

resource availability, and the bigger picture of national or regional patterns of<br />

forest use and national development. Survey questions should be guided by<br />

information from household surveys on patterns of forest use, and market surveys<br />

of commercial patterns of use, road-side sales, bushmeat markets, and so<br />

on (see section 2.6). The links between in-forest and out-forest data collection<br />

need to be carefully considered.<br />

2.3 Research into forest biodiversity<br />

Carrying out the forest surveys described in this manual will help identify<br />

research needs, and the results of these surveys should also provide the first<br />

steps in answering many research questions. Although time is one of the<br />

greatest restrictions on surveys, it is important to note that data becomes more<br />

robust as it accumulates over days, weeks, months and years. This manual<br />

focuses on getting started, so that the presence/absence of species can be<br />

assessed, and the relative abundance of some of the commoner and<br />

9


more conspicuous species gauged. For more thorough ecological monitoring,<br />

poor visibility in forests requires that a great deal of time and effort be expended<br />

before reliable results can be obtained (e.g. Walsh & White, 1999; Plumptre,<br />

2000; White & Edwards, 2000).<br />

Perhaps one of the most important constraints to gathering useful information<br />

for multiple-use management is that inter-disciplinary research teams<br />

are few, and there has been little investment in developing research or survey<br />

methods that integrate biological, social and economic information. This is a<br />

key area of research that needs to build upon the foundations laid by ethnobiological<br />

and socio-economic studies, so that the interests of different stakeholders<br />

can be included in planning processes. This is especially true for those<br />

indigenous and local communities that already possess a wealth of knowledge<br />

about biodiversity and its management.<br />

There are precedents for carrying out participatory forest surveys, where<br />

local specialists plan and implement surveys, in collaboration with other parties,<br />

to agree on resource abundance, or to monitor patterns of forest use. Indeed,<br />

programmes for training ‘para-taxonomists’ have been developed, in which<br />

local experts are given training which enables them to integrate their knowledge<br />

with scientific and technical information. In this context, it is important that all<br />

fieldwork conforms to international standards on ethical and legal practice in<br />

the field (see below), respecting local knowledge.<br />

Immediate priorities for applied research include developing survey<br />

methods that can be used for rapid, problem-oriented inventories and monitoring.<br />

One of the subsidiary aims addressed in this manual is to focus attention<br />

on the need for more biodiversity information to be incorporated into<br />

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) checklists for forests in Africa. To<br />

date, little has been done to develop biodiversity criteria or indicators that can<br />

be used to assess or monitor impacts of road-building, agriculture and other<br />

developments on forest biodiversity in adjacent areas.<br />

While answering these pressing management questions, pure research<br />

into forest biodiversity continues to be vital, and many of the summary statements<br />

about ecology that are made in the chapters that follow are based on<br />

long-term and meticulous research efforts. Furthermore, the information accumulated<br />

at long-term sites, with well-studied populations, is essential for calibrating<br />

results from rapid surveys with known population figures. We still need<br />

research to understand what controls plant and animal population densities,<br />

and what elements of plant–animal interactions are central to maintaining<br />

healthy forest ecosystems. In addition, continued research in the field of<br />

taxonomy is necessary to ensure that accurate and consistent species names<br />

are attributed to field records.<br />

10


2.4 Ethical and legal standards<br />

Whether field activities are short or long-term surveys, and whether carried<br />

out by national or visiting scientists, international standards of ethical and<br />

legal practice need to be followed (e.g. Fauna & Flora International, 2000).<br />

These have been compiled by a number of institutions, especially those concerned<br />

with anthropological work, and the reader should refer to the full texts if<br />

there is any uncertainty about planned actions. In general, care needs to be<br />

taken:<br />

● to ensure that official research permits, including collecting permits<br />

and equipment import licences, have been provided, and that a<br />

sponsoring national institution has approved and supports the proposed<br />

survey work. Also ensure that any products that arise from<br />

the work (including reports, books, scientific papers, films, etc.)<br />

acknowledge the sponsoring institution, and provide copies to them<br />

and other government departments.<br />

● to endeavour to work with and through local institutions, building<br />

from their capacity and taking their advice. Wherever possible contribute<br />

to building local capacity. When employing local field assistants<br />

ensure that local labour codes are respected.<br />

● to collect animal specimens in a humane and ethical manner, with<br />

as few specimens collected as necessary to satisfy scientific needs,<br />

and with the absolute minimum amount of pain or suffering inflicted<br />

upon the animal.<br />

● to take account of beliefs, customs and rights of local communities,<br />

and guard against the appropriation of their intellectual property.<br />

2.5 Preparations<br />

Successful surveys require careful planning and preparation. In particular,<br />

you must think carefully about the purpose and objective of your survey, as<br />

this will determine the information that you need to obtain, and thus the<br />

methodology that is most appropriate. In addition, before you start surveying,<br />

you need to think how the data will be analysed. This is vital in order to<br />

develop an appropriate sample design. Although detailed discussion of data<br />

analysis is beyond the scope of this manual, some simple considerations are<br />

provided to help you ascertain whether the chosen method will prove useful for<br />

statistical analysis.<br />

Tips on identification are provided in each chapter. However, it is well<br />

worthwhile spending some time in museums inspecting skins, perusing field<br />

guides, and taking opportunities to visit field study sites. Through all of these<br />

11


methods, and by speaking to knowledgeable people, it is a good idea to start<br />

compiling a species list for the forest sites, or general regions, that will be<br />

visited.<br />

Besides general reference books, atlas projects can provide very useful<br />

indications as to the possible occurrence of a species in a particular area. For<br />

example, bird atlas projects are underway or completed in a number of countries<br />

(for example, the whole of southern Africa, Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda),<br />

and a list of species recorded for a particular atlas square (or point, in the case<br />

of Uganda) can usually be produced on request to the coordinators.<br />

As well as being able to identify particular species, many of the survey<br />

methods described here rely on accurate estimation of distances. It is very<br />

important to practise distance estimation before you start your work. If you are<br />

using a cut-off point of 25m, for example, go into the forest and estimate this<br />

distance, then measure to see how accurate your estimation was. Continue<br />

practising until you can estimate this distance reliably in this habitat. Indeed, it<br />

is important to practise this in a similar vegetation type to the transects; distances<br />

appear very different in the open when compared to dense forest, and<br />

stride lengths tend to become much shorter when hopping over logs, running<br />

away from driver ants, or wading through a swamp. It is crucial that all those<br />

who are counting are accurate in their distance estimation.<br />

The latter point, namely the discrepancies that result in distance estimations<br />

as a result of people judging distances differently (see Mitani et al., 2000),<br />

argues well for the use of an optical range finder. The reliability and accuracy<br />

of optical range finders has made them an invaluable tool in the field, all the<br />

more so because all transect methods assume distances are exact. It takes little<br />

time to learn how to use an optical rangefinder properly, and they generally<br />

are inexpensive given the costs of a survey.<br />

Survey equipment<br />

Although each chapter makes reference to special equipment and/or<br />

personnel necessary to conduct the individual survey methods, there is some<br />

basic equipment that is common to all surveys and may be considered as<br />

essential items to be carried into the field. It goes without saying that suitable<br />

clothing, footwear, field bags and camping equipment are basic necessities.<br />

● notebook (with plastic bag for rain protection): many people prefer<br />

to use a loose-leaf binder, so that only the notes for a particular<br />

field session are taken to the field. Previous notes can then be kept<br />

elsewhere for safety, and photocopied as soon as one returns from<br />

the field session. The importance of keeping duplicate records<br />

(either by using carbon paper in the field, or by photocopying), or of<br />

backing up information electronically, cannot be over-emphasised.<br />

12


The advent of hand-held computers or personal data assistants<br />

(PDA’s) appears set to revolutionise data input/collection.<br />

● data recording sheets or forms: these can be designed and<br />

photo-copied in advance, or simple formats can be reproduced<br />

daily in a notebook or binder.<br />

● topographic maps of the survey area, on as large a scale as<br />

available, and map of trails, footpaths, etc. if available (you may<br />

have produced your own map from reconnaissance surveys).<br />

● prismatic compass (in a protective case): essential, not only for<br />

making maps and determining survey routes, but also to help<br />

teams return to camp if they get lost.<br />

● pencil/pen: propelling pencils, which need no sharpening, are most<br />

convenient, or pens with waterproof (India) ink. Ordinary ballpoint<br />

pens are NOT recommended for data recording: the ink is not<br />

waterproof, and your data sheet or notebook will be a mess if it<br />

gets wet.<br />

● torches (preferably six-battery) and headlamp for night-time work<br />

(spare bulbs and batteries are essential).<br />

● watch and/or stopwatch (should be easy to read in dim light<br />

conditions).<br />

● field identification guides: these are discussed in more detail<br />

under the ‘Methods’ section of each chapter. Avoid the use of large,<br />

cumbersome reference works (which are best consulted back in<br />

the office/laboratory), and stick with lightweight, compact field<br />

guides. A species checklist for the area (if available) is advisable,<br />

or a preliminary list compiled from expected occurrences.<br />

● binoculars: these are the most essential piece of equipment for<br />

surveys of larger mammals, and especially birds. Binoculars are<br />

normally labelled as 7x30 or 8x40, and so on. The first figure represents<br />

the order of magnification, and the second the diameter of<br />

the objective lens measured in millimetres. The larger the second<br />

figure is, the greater the light-gathering potential of the lens. For<br />

forest work, a wide field-of-view and plenty of light-gathering capacity<br />

is best. The best magnifications are 7x and 8x; higher magnifications<br />

(10x) may allow you to identify birds in the treetops more easily,<br />

but will be less effective for more close-up work. The objective<br />

lens should be at least x40. A telescope (mounted on a light-weight<br />

tripod) is surprisingly useful for identifying treetop birds. Ideally,<br />

both binoculars and telescopes should be weather-proof; if they are<br />

not, then carry strong plastic bags for protection against rain (ziplock<br />

bags are useful if available).<br />

13


● photographic equipment: a good camera is often useful for taking<br />

photographs of survey areas, different types of habitats, evidence<br />

of human activities, captured or surveyed specimens, etc.<br />

Equipment can range from inexpensive instamatic cameras that<br />

provide basic records of survey areas or details of animals and<br />

their signs, to expensive telephoto equipment for quality images<br />

that can be used in campaigns to raise awareness and as<br />

education materials. Different film speeds, an assortment of lenses,<br />

a flash (for photography in poor light conditions), and a protective<br />

bag are recommended. In addition, the increasing availability,<br />

resolution and affordability of digital cameras means that they are<br />

now a very valuable tool for specimen identification and for<br />

permanent recording of habitats trapped in, and so on. A quick<br />

digital image of each trap line (or specimen) is a cost-effective, or<br />

at least a valuable, addition to written descriptions of habitat (or<br />

specimens).<br />

● optical (or laser) range finder (for estimating distances).<br />

● (optional): Global Positioning System (GPS) for recording the<br />

start and end of transects, or positions of point counts.<br />

● a first-aid kit (see below).<br />

There is, as they say, no substitute for experience, and if you have not<br />

conducted many surveys it is important to try to have in your team experienced<br />

surveyors to help you.<br />

2.6 A note on market surveys<br />

and questionnaires/interviews<br />

Although not discussed for each group, there are two additional survey<br />

methods which have great relevance for surveying <strong>African</strong> forest vertebrates:<br />

market surveys and questionnaires/interviews.<br />

Local markets can produce some interesting information about the local<br />

fauna, especially for general surveys. This is especially so for vertebrates in<br />

West and Central Africa, particularly in light of the boom in the bushmeat trade.<br />

In many markets there are stalls selling dead mammal species such as small<br />

antelope (particularly duikers), monkeys, chimpanzees and gorillas, pangolins<br />

and rodents, especially canerats (or grasscutters, as they are known in West<br />

Africa). However, determining the origin of market carcasses is often very difficult,<br />

especially for smoked meat that has been trucked a long distance and<br />

been through the hands of a number of intermediaries.<br />

14


At the local level, even more important are interviews with people ranging<br />

from local farmers, particularly those that hunt and trap, to forest, wildlife,<br />

national parks and other government officers. These people have considerable<br />

knowledge about animals in the area where they live and work, but care must<br />

be taken in verifying their verbal reports. For example, many villagers fail to<br />

recognise animals from pictures in guidebooks, and misunderstandings can<br />

arise through the misuse of local names, etc. Hunters, who tend to be most<br />

knowledgeable, are often reticent on the whereabouts of their future bag. Only<br />

clear descriptions and explanations, ideally from independent sources, should<br />

be recorded, and these should only be added to the dataset after further verification.<br />

Having noted the limitations of market surveys and interviews, which can<br />

only be overcome through several months of field work, much information on<br />

forest animals’ ecology, population status and levels of threat can be obtained.<br />

This has been done effectively for forest animals in: Sierra Leone (Davies &<br />

Richards, 1991); south-east Nigeria (Angelici et al., 1999); Democratic<br />

Republic of Congo (Dupain et al., 2000).<br />

2.7 Health and safety<br />

Survey work involves many health and safety risks, including injury,<br />

infection, and disease.<br />

Safety precautions during observational surveys are largely common<br />

sense, and include wearing the correct clothing and using the right equipment,<br />

and, if possible, working in pairs rather than alone. When doing any kind of<br />

work off well-used trails, ensure that you have a GPS or compass, and a map,<br />

and that other members of the team know where you are working. Good survey<br />

management dictates that a basic first-aid kit is carried along on field work at<br />

all times, that everyone knows where the first aid equipment is, and that everyone<br />

knows how to use it. Discuss possible problems with medical experts<br />

before starting the expedition so that the first aid kit is correctly and<br />

appropriately equipped.<br />

Working with large mammal species, like primates, ungulates and carnivores,<br />

carries with it obvious risks. Be constantly on the alert and aware of your<br />

surroundings, being careful not to become so focused on a particular bird or<br />

reptile that you lose awareness of other, more dangerous wildlife.<br />

Handling small mammals, herptiles and birds also carries the risk of<br />

infection from disease or ectoparasites. Protective gloves and a surgical/facemask<br />

may be necessary depending on the type of work being done. Always<br />

wash your hands thoroughly after handling any animals. There are also zoonotic<br />

diseases, which occur in wild animals and can be transmitted to humans<br />

15


through close contact, which need to be considered. And conversely, human<br />

diseases and parasites can be transmitted to animals (e.g. influenza to gorillas),<br />

so surveyors need to take precautions to reduce this risk if anyone on the<br />

survey team is unwell.<br />

Professional medical advice needs to be sought, but before undertaking<br />

surveys it is a wise precaution to get injections against tetanus and rabies. This<br />

may require more than one injection, so allow time for the full course before the<br />

fieldwork begins. Similarly, courses of anti-malarial tablets often need to be<br />

started several days before departure (and should be continued for several<br />

weeks after leaving the malaria area).<br />

Additional notes on health and safety, where relevant, are provided in the<br />

individual chapters.<br />

2.8 References<br />

Angelici, F.M., Grimod, I. & Politano, E. (1999). Mammals of the Eastern Niger Delta (Rivers and<br />

Bayelsa States, Nigeria): An environment affected by a gas-pipeline. Folia zool. 48(4): 249–264.<br />

Davies, G. and Richards, P. (1991). The Rainforest in Mende Life. Unpubl report. Escor/ODA,<br />

London.<br />

Dupain, J., van Krunkelsven, E., van Elsacker, L. & Verheyen, R.F. (2000). Current status of the<br />

bonobo (Pan paniscus) in the proposed Lomako Reserve (Democratic Republic of Congo). Biol.<br />

Cons. 94(3): 265–272.<br />

Fauna & Flora International. (2000). Code of conduct for researchers. Oryx 35 (2): 99.<br />

Mitani, J.C., Struhsaker, T.T. & Lwanga, J.S. (2000). Primate community dynamics in old growth<br />

forest over 23.5 years at Ngogo, Kibale national park, Uganda: implications for conservation and<br />

census methods. Int. J. Primatol. 21: 269–286.<br />

Newmark, W.D. (1991). Tropical forest fragmentation and the local extinction of understorey birds<br />

in the East Usambara Mountains, Tanzania. Conserv. Biol. 5: 67–78.<br />

Noss, R.R. (1990). Indicators for monitoring biodiversity: a hierarchical approach. Conserv. Biol. 4:<br />

355–364.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. (2000). Monitoring mammal populations with line transect techniques in <strong>African</strong><br />

forests. J. Appl. Ecol. 37: 356–368.<br />

Walsh, P.D. & White, L.J.T. (1999). What it will take to monitor forest elephant populations.<br />

Conserv. Biol. 13: 1194–1202.<br />

White, L. & Edwards, A. (2000). Conservation Research in the <strong>African</strong> Rain <strong>Forest</strong>s: a Technical<br />

Handbook. Wildlife Conservation Society, New York, USA.<br />

16


twig snake (Thelotornis kirtlandii)<br />

3. Amphibians and reptiles:<br />

the herptiles<br />

Kim Howell<br />

3.1 Biology<br />

Herpetology is the study of amphibians and reptiles, and these two<br />

groups will be collectively referred to as herptiles in this chapter.<br />

Amphibians (Class Amphibia)<br />

The best known amphibians are the anurans, the frogs and toads, of<br />

which there are about 161 species in East Africa, supplemented by about 10<br />

species of apodans or caecilians (legless forms) found in forests in Kenya and<br />

Tanzania; there are about 600 anurans and 22 species of caecilians known<br />

from the continent. Apodans live mostly in moist soil, and emerge only after<br />

heavy rains, and, although the same can be said for many anurans, our discussion<br />

of survey methods focuses on frogs and toads, excluding the few species<br />

which are entirely aquatic. Furthermore, the assessment of larval forms is only<br />

briefly addressed; this topic is covered in more detail by Heyer et al. (1994) in<br />

their detailed review of amphibian survey methods.<br />

Most frogs and toads are extremely seasonal in their reproductive<br />

behaviour. In drier periods, many seem to simply disappear; they seek shelter<br />

where they will not be exposed to desiccating conditions, and are not seen or<br />

heard during the daytime or at night. However, during the rainy season(s)<br />

amphibians emerge and become much more active. They may still remain relatively<br />

hidden during the daytime, but at night male frogs and toads of many<br />

species produce loud vocalisations that serve to advertise their presence in<br />

order to attract females and also to defend their territories from other males.<br />

17


Reptiles (Class Reptilia)<br />

It is mostly the snakes and lizards that occur in forests, though terrapins<br />

may be associated with wetlands in forests, and tortoises are occasionally<br />

found at the forest edge. These come from the following groups of reptiles:<br />

lizards (including geckoes and chameleons); snakes; amphisbaenians (or<br />

worm-lizards); chelonians (marine turtles, freshwater terrapins, and terrestrial<br />

tortoises); and crocodiles. In sub-Saharan Africa, the approximate numbers of<br />

species for these groups are as follows: chelonians (excluding sea turtles), 26;<br />

lizards, 680; amphisbaenians, 66; snakes, 466, and three species of<br />

crocodiles.<br />

Much of our knowledge of reptile distribution in forests is still rather limited,<br />

being restricted to preliminary species lists. For example, in Tanzania at<br />

least four species of lizard and two snakes new to science have been found<br />

within the past few years (Broadley, 1994, 1995a,b; Broadley & Wallach, 1996;<br />

Pasteur, 1995) and more surveys are needed. Reptiles are found from below<br />

the soil level to the tree canopy, so there are a variety of forms ranging from<br />

the fossorial to the arboreal.<br />

3.2 Management issues<br />

Worldwide, amphibians seem to be declining for poorly understood reasons<br />

(Wyman, 1990). Recent research indicates that two cases of frog mass<br />

extinctions in rain forests are a consequence of fungal pathogen attacks<br />

(Berger et al., 1998), and elsewhere tadpole deaths from fungal attack have<br />

been linked with climate change and ultra-violet radiation (Kiesecker et al.,<br />

2001). We do not have data on the impacts of pesticides, but given the<br />

increasing use of agrochemicals, and the general increase in aquatic pollution,<br />

there is a need to monitor the levels of pollutants in the environment as well as<br />

in the tissues of amphibians.<br />

As in other groups of vertebrates, there seems to be a basic split<br />

between non-forest and forest species, and there is also a distinctly forestdependent<br />

element that does not occur outside closed forest (e.g. Howell,<br />

1993). The forest-dependent amphibians are vulnerable to forest alteration<br />

and/or clearance, and are under threat in many parts of Africa. We do not yet<br />

understand the physiological reasons for the dependence on forest, but the<br />

number of hiding or retreat sites is a possible critical factor in limiting tropical<br />

forest anuran populations (Stewart & Pough, 1983; Howell, 1993), especially if<br />

forest quality is altered, and/or forest patch size decreases.<br />

It is worth noting that this chapter focuses largely on amphibians which<br />

are forest dwellers, and which make use of temporary pools for breeding, or<br />

which are independent of free water for reproduction (e.g. Nectophrynoides<br />

18


spp. toads, Arthroleptis spp. frogs, the bush squeakers, and some microhylid<br />

frogs). However, recent studies have shown that even savannah species that<br />

breed in seasonal wetlands rely on forest as a dry season refuge.<br />

Aside from local extinctions of forest-dependent amphibians and reptiles<br />

as a result of forest loss and degradation, the isolation of once continuous populations<br />

can be another problem. At present, no data exist as to the long-term<br />

effect of such isolations. A corollary to this is that areas of degraded forest may<br />

effectively become a means by which non-forest dependent species can<br />

invade; this already has occurred in many places along forest roads. In Africa,<br />

the paucity of information makes it difficult to develop predictive models for the<br />

abundance of amphibians and reptiles based upon capture data and measures<br />

of habitat quality.<br />

As many species of forest-dependent reptiles (and a few amphibians)<br />

are sought after by collectors for the live animal trade, there is a particular<br />

need to be aware of this pressure, especially on populations in already isolated<br />

forests, or near sites frequented by visitors. Commercial collecting, for example<br />

of chameleons, should be discouraged in such places. The larger reptiles<br />

would appear to be relatively long-lived, and intensive commercial collecting in<br />

a small area may have significant effects on populations.<br />

Amphibians and reptiles form an important part of the forest ecosystem,<br />

where they are significant predators on invertebrates as well as smaller vertebrates,<br />

and they themselves are important food items for birds and mammals.<br />

This also applies to large snakes (whether venomous or not), which eat many<br />

rodents, and can therefore also be beneficial to villagers.<br />

A management issue peculiar to snakes is that because some of the<br />

larger, more conspicuous species are venomous and potentially dangerous to<br />

man (see section 3.5), snakes in general are often regarded as harmful, and<br />

killed. In fact, relatively few species of snakes are dangerous to man, and it is<br />

important for managers to be aware of this, and also to educate others that it is<br />

not necessary to kill all snakes. This will undoubtedly encounter cultural resistance<br />

where snakes, and other herptiles, are part of local peoples’ belief<br />

systems.<br />

3.3 Methods<br />

General<br />

Our lack of knowledge about most forest herptiles means that current<br />

surveys deal largely with the building up of species lists, rather than indices of<br />

abundance or population studies (e.g. Broadley & Howell, 1991; Drewes &<br />

Vindum, 1994). Efforts have been made, in West Africa (Barbault, 1975) and in<br />

19


eastern Africa (e.g. Western, 1974; Kreulen, 1979), to estimate populations of<br />

reptiles, but these have usually been of large and/or conspicuous species in<br />

open, drier habitats.<br />

There are, therefore, few standard methods that have been used to<br />

quantify amphibian and reptile populations. Those that have been used in<br />

Africa have dealt with forest, leaf-litter-dwelling anurans and reptiles in<br />

Cameroon (Scott, 1982), or anurans in open areas such as small seasonal<br />

breeding ponds (Bowker & Bowker, 1979). No satisfactory methods have yet<br />

been developed to sample the arboreal tree frogs, the fossorial apodans, or<br />

canopy-dwelling reptiles that are the focus of this chapter. Chameleons, for<br />

example, are hard to detect during the daytime and are best surveyed at night<br />

(e.g. Broadley & Blake, 1979; Jenkins et al., 1999), while snakes are very<br />

mobile and also difficult to detect. Studies of populations of anuran larval populations<br />

also appear to be lacking in East Africa.<br />

Identification<br />

A number of useful references and field guides are available for identifying<br />

amphibians. Frost (1985) edited a world list of amphibian species that<br />

serves as a basis for national and regional lists; in addition, <strong>African</strong> tree frogs<br />

are covered by Schiotz (1999). Other <strong>African</strong> national lists include: Stewart<br />

(1967), which provides a general introduction to some of the species found in<br />

eastern Africa; Rodel (2000), which covers many savannah species in West<br />

Africa; Fischer and Hinkel (1992), which describes Rwandan forms; Passmore<br />

& Carruthers (1995), covering South <strong>African</strong> frogs, many found in open habitats;<br />

Pitman (1974) which covers the snakes of Uganda, and Lambiris (1989),<br />

which gives useful general information on the biology of many species in<br />

Zimbabwe, including drawings of the tadpoles. At least two of the newer guidebooks<br />

feature CD-ROM recordings of frog vocalisations (Passmore &<br />

Carruthers, 1995; Rodel, 2000), which allow species identification without the<br />

need for specimen collection.<br />

Field guides currently available for reptiles are Branch (1998), which covers<br />

southern Africa and includes many common woodland (but not forest)<br />

species found in eastern Africa; MacKay & MacKay (1985), which gives details<br />

on how to identify venomous snakes in East Africa; and Broadley & Howell<br />

(1991), which provides a key and annotated list of species for Tanzania.<br />

Spawls et al. (2002) will provide coverage for East Africa, including Rwanda<br />

and Burundi. Older references include: Spawls (1978), which lists snakes of<br />

Kenya, and Schmidt & Noble’s (1919–1923) recently reprinted descriptions for<br />

West Africa. Glaw & Vences (1994) should prove useful to anyone conducting<br />

surveys of Madagascan herptiles.<br />

20


3.3.1 General surveys<br />

When visiting an area for the first time, either to begin building up a<br />

species list, or to carry out a rapid assessment of sites for future studies, a<br />

general survey can be carried out to gather basic information.<br />

General surveys provide at least a minimum of information on species<br />

which may be present in an area. It is usually after a general survey has been<br />

conducted and unusual and/or interesting species found that more detailed<br />

studies are conducted. In most cases, a general survey will be done over a<br />

short period of time using qualitative rather than quantitative methods of sampling<br />

and with little or no strict sample design. Nevertheless, general surveys<br />

are a useful way to involve local residents in participating in activities and winning<br />

their good will and confidence; they often have a detailed local knowledge<br />

of particular species or habitats, and without their assistance a survey will usually<br />

fail to detect even common species which may be present.<br />

Equipment<br />

● cloth bags (various sizes – 80mm x 500mm to 140mm x 1000mm)<br />

plastic bags for specimen collection<br />

● short handled rake or hoe for turning stones, logs, etc.<br />

● gardening gloves<br />

● snake tongs or grabbing stick (for picking up and handling snakes)<br />

● a shorter type of grabbing instrument (like artery forceps) for<br />

grabbing small snakes, or controlling the heads of larger ones that<br />

have been grabbed or pinned down with a larger stick<br />

● lizard noose (a loop of string held on a stick which permits you to<br />

slip it over the head of a lizard)<br />

● catapult for collecting specimens from the canopy<br />

● weighing scales<br />

Site selection and procedure<br />

i) It is necessary to take a number of different approaches during a general<br />

survey in order to establish whether amphibians and/or reptiles are present.<br />

During the daytime, surveying under relatively dry conditions, you should<br />

search hiding places, such as inside rotten logs, under bark, in leaf-litter at the<br />

base of trees (especially between tree buttresses), and in any tree cracks or<br />

holes. Old pit sawing sites in the forest, with the associated moist sawdust and<br />

rotting stumps and planks, have also proved especially productive. For microhylid<br />

anurans, crevices in road cuts and banks of soil should also be searched.<br />

ii) More and more emphasis has recently been placed on the need to<br />

sample not only adult amphibians, but also the larvae (e.g. frog and toad<br />

tadpoles). For many <strong>African</strong> species, these have not yet been described, and in<br />

21


many cases the adults may no longer be in the area, leaving only the tadpoles<br />

as evidence of the species’ presence. There is thus a need to sample tadpoles,<br />

catching them with simple nets (mosquito netting sewn onto a small wooden or<br />

metal frame is fine for non-quantitative methods), seeking them in aquatic vegetation<br />

and under rocks and logs in pools where they like to hide. The eggs of<br />

amphibians can also be diagnostic of a species, and these should be collected.<br />

iii) It is useful to raise the tadpoles, from eggs if possible, in order to<br />

monitor their features as they develop, and eventually identify the species once<br />

the larvae have metamorphosed into adults. This involves keeping tadpoles in<br />

jars; many are filter-feeders and will survive on the water from the collecting<br />

site, as long as it is regularly changed. Each larval developmental stage should<br />

be collected and stored in 10% formalin solution, with careful labelling. An alternative<br />

is to collect from the site over a period of time that allows all stages of<br />

development, from egg to adult, to be collected. However, either method is time<br />

consuming, and may not be feasible during short survey visits. A more detailed<br />

and quantitative approach to estimating tadpole densities is given by Heyer et<br />

al. (1994).<br />

iv) Night-time surveys for amphibians, and perhaps some geckoes,<br />

involve listening for (and making tape recordings of) vocalisations, and visual<br />

searching of suitable resting sites with headlamps and torches. Streams that<br />

flow through forests can be sampled using both pit-fall traps, as well as audio<br />

transects (as long as the background noise of rushing water does not block out<br />

the frog vocalisations). Remember that while some frogs and geckoes live on<br />

the forest floor, others are found at varying heights, at least up to 5m, on trees.<br />

v) Reptiles can often be collected in similar situations to amphibians,<br />

namely under rocks, the bark of trees, and so on. They may also be seen<br />

basking on and above the ground. Indeed, it can be helpful to place sheets of<br />

metal, wood and cardboard besides tracks and roads to attract reptiles. Nighttime<br />

collecting is also required for some snakes, geckoes (none of the east<br />

<strong>African</strong> species give loud vocalisations), and chameleons; the latter are often<br />

visible when asleep, clinging to vegetation at different levels above the ground.<br />

Be especially aware of the need to collect fossorial and burrowing forms, such<br />

as blind snakes and legless lizards – these are seldom sampled and poorly<br />

known. It is important to realise that general surveys are likely to under-represent<br />

the larger species, such as ridged or grass frogs (Ptychadena), and some<br />

tree frogs.<br />

vi) Indirect methods may be employed to detect the presence of a<br />

species, such as through information from local inhabitants (indigenous/local<br />

knowledge) and by examining the faeces/scats from some predators. The<br />

identification of reptile bones in owl pellets, and prey remains of large raptors,<br />

especially crowned eagles (see Msuya, 1993), as well as reptile and amphibian<br />

22


emains in mammal faeces, may all provide information on the presence of a<br />

species (see Yalden, 1977). This is important in the case of apodans and legless<br />

lizards that are often not detected by conventional trapping but may be<br />

prey items of larger snakes.<br />

vii) Information gathered during these general surveys could be used to<br />

stratify a large area into separate zones with characteristic differences (e.g.<br />

marshy; woodland; near rivers) that influence herptile distribution and abundance.<br />

Thereafter, longer surveys and studies may be carried out in each of<br />

the various zones so that a full picture of the herptiles in a forest region is<br />

obtained.<br />

Recording<br />

i) Record each caught individual with its species name (Form 3.2). If you<br />

do not know its name, then call it ‘species a’, etc.<br />

ii) Take the standard measurements for each specimen along with any<br />

geographical and habitat information. General data required is similar to that<br />

collected for small mammals (section 4.4), with some obvious differences. In<br />

particular, some additional notes and measurements should be recorded<br />

including snout length (in the case of reptiles), iris colour/shape, and any other<br />

notes on anatomy, such as eyes (e.g. protruding) and feet.<br />

iii) Detailed notes need to be made of the colouration of the animal, supported,<br />

if possible, by colour or digital photographs (some people prefer to take<br />

these after the animal has been anaesthetised). Colour is a key feature in the<br />

identifications of amphibians, and once immersed in preservative the bright<br />

colours often fade to brown or white.<br />

iv) Collect and preserve voucher specimens (see section 3.4)<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

The general survey technique continues to yield important information on<br />

species presence, but is best used in conjunction with some other techniques,<br />

such as pitfall traps and litter searching. Unfortunately, it does not provide information<br />

concerning populations, and it is difficult to quantify the results obtained<br />

from this type of collecting survey, especially given seasonal and annual variation.<br />

3.3.2 Drift fences and pitfall traps<br />

This is a method that has been employed recently for sampling small<br />

mammals in forests, and has been shown to be especially effective in sampling<br />

leaf-litter frogs of the genus Arthroleptis, as well as Bufo toads and forest floor<br />

lizards.<br />

23


The basic principle behind this trapping method is that animals on the<br />

forest floor encounter a barrier termed a ‘drift fence’ which causes them to drift<br />

into the trap. Rather than cross the fence, burrow under it, or break through it,<br />

they take the route of least resistance by moving either right or left and following<br />

the fence – which leads them to drop into a pitfall trap.<br />

A variety of patterns of arrangement for the bucket pitfall traps have<br />

been used, with varying degrees of success (see Bury & Corn, 1987).<br />

Presented here is the simplest arrangement: a drift fence in a straight line,<br />

termed here a ‘pitfall line’ (Fig. 3.1), using 20-litre plastic buckets for the pitfall<br />

traps and plastic sheeting for the drift fence.<br />

Fig 3.1: Drift fence and pitfall trap<br />

pitfall<br />

bucket<br />

Equipment<br />

5m<br />

wooden<br />

stake<br />

● eleven plastic buckets (size: 20 litre), or any reasonable alternative<br />

which is sufficiently wide to prevent animals jumping across, and<br />

sufficiently deep to prevent them jumping out (for example, large<br />

empty tins). It is important to use containers that are readily available.<br />

The buckets should have covers so that they can be closed in<br />

rainy weather or when they cannot be monitored.<br />

● plastic sheeting (length: 55m). This may be transparent or coloured;<br />

if the latter, black is likely to be a better choice, since bright colours<br />

may influence the catchability of some species. The exact height<br />

and thickness are not critical and may be determined by availability;<br />

plastic sheeting is often sold as a roll of open-ended tubing in<br />

approx. 0.5m widths, so this can be cut and used as a single thickness.<br />

Locally available alternative material may be equally effective<br />

(e.g. polypropylene gunny sack material, etc.).<br />

● wooden stakes to support the plastic sheeting.<br />

● staple gun and staples for attaching sheeting to supporting stakes<br />

(alternatively, you can punch holes in the sheeting and tie it to the<br />

stakes, but this requires much more time).<br />

24<br />

plastic<br />

sheeting


● a hoe and pick suited to cutting through roots.<br />

● measuring tape or string of measured length.<br />

Site selection<br />

Moist or low ground is usually a good place to trap, especially at the<br />

bases of valleys, but try to set pitfall lines in a variety of situations and habitats<br />

for comparison. Remember that altitude is an important variable in the distribution<br />

of amphibians. For comparisons to be made, the same method should be<br />

used at each sample site.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) Configuration of trap lines: each trap line is 55m long, with buckets<br />

placed every 5m. Thus, with one bucket at the beginning and one at the end,<br />

the total number of buckets is 11. There is nothing sacred about using a line<br />

55m long, and you can always use a shorter line depending on local circumstances,<br />

but it is best to try to standardise the length and set-up so that you<br />

can compare catch rates between different sites.<br />

ii) Each bucket is sunk in the ground so that the upper rim is equal to, or<br />

slightly below the ground-surface level. This is very important; apparently, few<br />

animals will climb a mound of soil at the edge of a bucket, whereas if the<br />

bucket is level with or slightly below the soil surface, they readily fall in.<br />

iii) The plastic drift fence is erected so that the line is continuous from<br />

the first to the last bucket in each line. The fence should pass over the centre<br />

of each bucket. The best way to keep the plastic erect is to drive stakes into<br />

the ground along the drift fence and then to staple the plastic sheeting to the<br />

stakes. A stake is needed on either side of each bucket, and then at least four<br />

to support the area of plastic sheeting between consecutive buckets. The line<br />

does not have to be straight, and probably will have to curve in places in order<br />

to avoid trees, large rocks, and other obstacles.<br />

iv) It is important to clear away vegetation that gets in the way of the<br />

plastic drift fence. The plastic sheeting must rest flush with the ground; if vegetation<br />

props the bottom open, animals will move underneath the fence. Once<br />

the fence is in place and properly stapled, it is time to mound up a little soil on<br />

both sides of the fence (to further inhibit animals from pushing underneath).<br />

v) It is good practice to number each separate pitfall line, and then, within<br />

each line, number each bucket. This is best done with flagging tape attached<br />

to a nearby stick. Try to map the pitfall line exactly using a GPS (Global<br />

Positioning System) or use longitude and latitude coordinates to allow surveyors<br />

to come back to the exact spot and repeat the sampling. You also may<br />

wish to establish permanent markers indicating the sites of your pitfall line.<br />

25


vi) Remove litter such as leaves and soil from buckets daily. Check<br />

buckets regularly for stones or branches that may have fallen in as these may<br />

allow animals to climb out. To ensure rain water drains from buckets, puncture<br />

the bottom of each, and the sides if necessary (this also reduces the attractiveness<br />

of the buckets to local residents!).<br />

vii) Important note: When checking pitfall lines in early morning and late<br />

afternoon or at dusk, or any other stage when the light is deteriorating and visibility<br />

is poor, always use a torch when examining the contents of the pitfall<br />

buckets. Scorpions, centipedes and venomous snakes may be in the bucket in<br />

addition to the frog you are about to pick up. Look carefully before you put<br />

your hand in the bucket!<br />

viii) After you have finished your trapping regime and removed the pitfalls<br />

and drift fence, fill in the holes that were dug for the buckets. This ensures<br />

that no animals will accidentally be trapped and no larger animals will injure<br />

themselves when walking in the area. This will also enable the site to recover<br />

quickly, an important point if you wish to sample the same area at another time.<br />

Recording<br />

i) Detailed notes should be kept on local habitat, soil type, amount of leaf<br />

litter, ground cover, etc. for each pitfall line (Form 3.2); those describing the<br />

exact surroundings of each bucket may also be taken.<br />

ii) The number of animals captured per night in each bucket should be<br />

carefully recorded; these data can then be combined to calculate the trap success<br />

of each pitfall line. It is important to record from which bucket each animal<br />

came, rather than recording just catch per line. This permits later analysis,<br />

which may indicate which features of the microhabitat are related to the<br />

capture of particular species.<br />

iii) Information on captured species should be recorded on the standard<br />

form (Form 3.1).<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) Most general survey work involving pitfalls will simply record trap success,<br />

i.e. how many captures per number of (bucket) trap nights. This may then<br />

be compared with similar trap success for other types of traps, such as breakback<br />

traps in the cases of small mammals.<br />

ii) Trapping success of pitfall lines at different elevations, or in different<br />

habitats, may also be compared.<br />

iii) If adequate data are kept over a long period of time, it may also be<br />

possible to study microhabitat features by comparing trap success of buckets,<br />

for example, which are located near fallen logs and those which are not.<br />

iv) Simple graphs can be plotted of cumulative number of species (CNS)<br />

and cumulative number of individuals (CNI) against cumulative number of trap<br />

nights. If the CNS curve flattens out by the end of the sampling period, with few<br />

or no species added during the last nights of trapping, then sampling likely has<br />

detected most of the species which are detectable using that method.<br />

26


Advantages/limitations<br />

i) The advantages of this technique are that it is easily repeatable, can<br />

easily be modified to suit local conditions, and can be used to sample mammals,<br />

amphibians and reptiles simultaneously. It is also one of the few techniques<br />

that can be used to sample apodans and burrowing reptiles that<br />

occasionally emerge on the forest floor.<br />

ii) It can be used as a non-destructive technique, and permits the markrecapture<br />

method of population assessment (see below). However, this technique<br />

only samples members of the forest floor community, and so will not<br />

sample tree frogs, for example.<br />

iii) Occasionally, animals such as bushpigs or small antelopes may wander<br />

through the drift fence, necessitating repairs. It is good policy to check your<br />

pitfalls first thing in the morning, and then again in late afternoon. A quick check<br />

an hour or two after sunset will also allow you to detect early arrivals, and<br />

these can be removed so that they do not spend the night exposed in the<br />

bucket; in dry, cold forest, some amphibians may perish overnight from dehydration<br />

and/or exposure, thereby necessitating more frequent checks.<br />

Fig 3.2: Drift net fence<br />

3.3.3 Canopy walkway trap<br />

A method of setting traps on walkways in the canopy. It involves<br />

constructing a runway of mosquito mesh into which is sewed a funnel-shaped<br />

bag – the funnel trap. The entire construction is then raised by means of rope<br />

and pulleys into the canopy (see Vogt, 1987 for details and a photograph). This<br />

method works on the principle that reptiles will make use of walkways to travel<br />

through the forest canopies.<br />

27


Equipment<br />

● plastic mosquito gauze (also called mosquito mesh or window<br />

screen)<br />

● galvanised wire<br />

● metal cutting scissors or tin snips<br />

● pliers and wire-cutters<br />

● steel rods (diam: 5mm; length: 1m), two for each walkway<br />

● pulleys (x 4); several walkways can be tied at different heights to the<br />

same rope and pulley assembly)<br />

● nylon or other non-rotting rope to fit pulleys<br />

Site selection<br />

This technique requires a site where the walkway will be touching as<br />

many trees and branches as possible, but will still permit the use of pulleys to<br />

raise and lower it.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) The basic feature of this method is a walkway made of plastic mosquito<br />

mesh (window screen) (Fig. 3.3). Simply use this material in its standard width<br />

(approx. 1m), and in 15-m lengths (or any other length you can conveniently<br />

handle in the field). Metal wire (galvanised if possible to prevent rusting) is<br />

threaded along the entire length of the plastic window screen on both edges; a<br />

length of the same wire is also inserted crosswise at 1-m intervals. These<br />

cross-wires serve to give support to the walkway. A 1-m length of steel-rod<br />

(diam. 5mm) is tied at each end of the screening to ensure a flat entrance onto<br />

the walkway.<br />

ii) Two funnel traps (1m x 0.8m) are then constructed of 8mm x 8mm<br />

galvanised wire mesh and are sewn onto the walkway using galvanised wire at<br />

5-m intervals. The mouths of the funnel traps are as wide as the walkway, so<br />

that any animal that moves along it is directed into the trap. A guide line of<br />

string or rope is attached to both sides of each funnel trap; when the walkway<br />

is raised to its desired height these can be pulled tight and tied to trees or<br />

rocks to prevent it from inverting during winds and rains.<br />

iii) Ideally, walkways should be used at three different levels on the same<br />

set of ropes and pulleys: 3m, 10m, and 15m. The pulley system allows regular<br />

checking of the traps. This is accomplished by lowering both ends of the walkway<br />

at the same time.<br />

iv) The funnel traps should be checked regularly, ideally early morning,<br />

midday, and late afternoon. Depending on the trap success and the size of<br />

animals captured, it may be necessary to increase the depth of the funnel<br />

traps, especially if large snakes are encountered.<br />

28


Recording<br />

Information on captured species should be recorded on the standard<br />

form (Form 3.1).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Aside from climbing into trees and capturing by hand, this would appear<br />

to be the only effective method for sampling species which live in the canopy,<br />

or even just above ground level in the forest. However, it is labour-intensive<br />

and requires much experience to perfect. Furthermore, care should be used<br />

when setting and dismantling the trap; always have at least one and preferably<br />

two other people present in case of falls and related injuries.<br />

Fig 3.3: <strong>Forest</strong> canopy walkway trap<br />

3.3.4 Snake trapping<br />

Fritts (1988) developed a simple trap for snakes made of mosquito mesh<br />

wire. The trap is baited with bird droppings or feathers, and might be effective<br />

for arboreal species that feed on birds. Some snakes detect prey mainly by<br />

olfaction, whereas others respond to visual stimuli. For this reason, it would be<br />

necessary to experiment with different baits. This technique is aimed at assessing<br />

populations of a particular species rather than for general survey work (Fig.<br />

3.4). However, it has proved useful even without bait and it can be used as a<br />

simple funnel trap for both lizards and snakes, and seems to work best when<br />

placed along a natural barrier, such as a log, large rock, and other obstacles. It<br />

might also be possible to use it with a drift fence, in an area with hard or rocky<br />

ground which would be unsuitable for pitfall traps.<br />

29


Fig 3.4: Construction of a snake trap<br />

A B<br />

Site selection<br />

Unless one is setting the traps in a particular grid or other arrangement,<br />

traps should be set in spots which look likely to have sufficient cover to attract<br />

the snake species which are to be trapped. For example, a trap set out in a<br />

completely or relatively open area would probably be less successful than one<br />

set along a natural barrier or hiding site, such as a fallen tree, a rock or a dead<br />

log. Small mammal tracks and paths may also be used by snakes when hunting<br />

prey, and these might also make good setting sites.<br />

Procedure and Recording<br />

Information on captured species should be recorded on the standard<br />

forms (Forms 3.1 & 3.2).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

C<br />

Steps in construction of a snake trap<br />

A) make funnel from screening and cut 2.5cm – 5cm opening in apex<br />

B) make cylinder by rolling over the screening and stapling ends;<br />

C) insert funnel into cylinder and attach two cylinders together with plastic<br />

screening<br />

This technique is labour-intensive and extremely time consuming.<br />

30


3.3.5 Capture, mark, recapture<br />

When animals are captured (using one of the methods described above),<br />

marked, and released, the population can be sampled again using the same<br />

methods of original capture to estimate population size. The details of this<br />

method are discussed in Heyer et al. (1994), and summarised in the next chapter<br />

(section 4.3.5).<br />

Individual marking of amphibians and reptiles has been done traditionally<br />

by digital clipping: the number and position of digits clipped provides each animal<br />

with a unique number with which it can be identified if recaptured. It is<br />

important to be especially careful in the use of methods involving mutilation,<br />

and these should not damage the animal such that it is rendered incapacitated.<br />

Other workers have used tags and even simply tied thread or elastic<br />

bands around the waist of an amphibian to mark it (Muze, 1976), while for<br />

snakes, particular ventral scales may be notched or clipped (Ferner, 1979). The<br />

particular method of marking and numbering is carefully recorded in a notebook,<br />

and the animal released (Ferner, 1979; Waichman, 1992).<br />

Marking animals raises ethical issues, especially because much pain<br />

and suffering may be inflicted upon individuals if great care is not taken, and if<br />

appropriate methods are not used. Marking methods should therefore be discussed<br />

with experienced surveyors before carrying out fieldwork.<br />

3.3.6 <strong>Forest</strong> litter plots<br />

In this method, a measured area of 2m x 2m (or any convenient size) is<br />

cleared of every bit of leaf-litter and the amphibians within the area identified<br />

and counted. A portable ‘fence’ of plastic or metal may be used to enclose the<br />

area for ease in sampling. Scott (1982) used this method to sample leaf-litter<br />

anurans in Cameroon.<br />

Equipment<br />

● portable plastic or metal fence to help enclose the area to be<br />

searched (made of corrugated sheeting or other material such as<br />

plastic sheeting used in drift fences (see above), c. 15cm high by<br />

1m long, or varying lengths)<br />

● short-handled rake and/or hoe<br />

● cloth/plastic bags in which to hold sampled animals<br />

● spring balances (50g, 100g, 500g, etc.)<br />

● tape measure (30m)<br />

● preservation material for voucher specimens<br />

31


Site selection<br />

Select sites to be sampled; these will depend on your reasons for sampling.<br />

For a general survey, try several different habitat types within the forest,<br />

such as dry, hilly; moist, valley; disturbed versus undisturbed, and so on. It is<br />

important to adequately describe, using standard methods, the habitat and<br />

microhabitat of the area searched. If you are attempting to compare different<br />

sites or habitats, or to assess altitudinal differences or differences between<br />

disturbed and undisturbed areas, then you may wish to randomise your sample<br />

areas within a particular habitat type.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) Measure out the area to be searched and enclose with a suitable<br />

‘fence’. Carefully search through the leaf-litter, using a small hoe or short-handled<br />

rake to move the leaf-litter away from a patch of ground in case snakes,<br />

scorpions, etc. are also present. Collect animals by hand and place in cloth<br />

bags.<br />

ii) It is best to sample as many sites as possible; it is likely at least 20<br />

sites with animals present will be needed to meet the requirements of statistical<br />

tests.<br />

Recording<br />

Information on captured species should be recorded on the standard<br />

form (Form 3.1).<br />

Data analysis<br />

This method permits calculation of precise density figures. By measuring<br />

mass it is also possible to calculate biomass per unit area. Depending on how<br />

the sampling was done, it may be possible to compare counts made in different<br />

habitats, at different altitudes, etc. Measures of standard error must then be<br />

calculated to assess the reliability of population estimates.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

The method samples only small forest leaf-litter anurans; it is labourintensive<br />

and will usually require more than one searcher. In some forests,<br />

herptile densities may be so low as to make assessment by this technique difficult.<br />

Microhabitat requirements and/or seasonality factors may result in situations<br />

arising in which an area sampled may yield no herptiles, while a plot<br />

immediately near that one might have high numbers. Thus, it is generally<br />

unsuitable for a species with extremely narrow microhabitat requirements.<br />

32


3.3.7 Time-constrained searches<br />

In a time-constrained search, the observer attempts to exert a continuous<br />

sampling effort over a particular area or transect for a limited period of<br />

time. For most reptiles and amphibians, this method is difficult to use because<br />

some are extremely cryptic when not calling, and many hide under vegetation.<br />

Nevertheless, this technique may prove useful when animals are conspicuous,<br />

such as at breeding aggregations.<br />

Equipment<br />

● stopwatch (or watch which indicates seconds)<br />

● plastic/cloth bags<br />

● collecting and preserving material<br />

Site selection<br />

Unless you are using a randomised approach, then in practice the<br />

observer picks what would be regarded as a ‘typical’ situation, site or habitat. If<br />

you are sampling an entire study site, then there is a need to identify all of the<br />

major habitat types present. These need to be characterised using standard<br />

methods of habitat and vegetation description.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) Determine an area that is going to be surveyed, and then set a block<br />

of time (5–25 minutes), during which full concentration can be maintained for<br />

searching (in a standardised way). Take rests between search blocks (5 minutes<br />

or so). The observer should move slowly along survey transects and other<br />

paths, making every effort to look all around, up and down.<br />

ii) Heyer et al. (1994) describe a procedure for time-constrained searches<br />

of amphibians, and note that variables such as time spent on the survey, and<br />

using each collecting technique, number and experience of fieldworkers, topography<br />

and size (area) of site to be surveyed, local weather and climate, season,<br />

date and time of day all need to be considered and controlled for.<br />

iii) For amphibians, the most efficient time to survey is usually at night. It<br />

is useful, however, both in the interests of biology (it is possible to collect eggs,<br />

larvae and adults in the daytime) and safety (it is easier and safer to move over<br />

often difficult topography at night if you have seen it during the daylight hours)<br />

to make a preliminary survey of the area to be sampled during the day.<br />

Recording<br />

i) The observer carefully records the time spent searching a particular<br />

site; if more than one person is searching, it is important to record the number<br />

of searchers.<br />

33


ii) General information on the site should also be recorded, such as<br />

heavy herb cover, any fallen logs present, etc. to give a picture of the situation<br />

and to allow for possible later comparisons. A detailed habitat description of the<br />

site is especially important.<br />

iii) The number and species of animals encountered and/or captured is<br />

recorded. Information on captured species should be recorded on the standard<br />

form (Form 3.1).<br />

iv) It is also important to note (in a notebook or on Form 3.2) the weather<br />

conditions, phase of moon (if field work is done at night), habitat, number of<br />

fieldworkers, time spent searching, etc.<br />

v) For both reptiles and amphibians, it is often necessary to search by<br />

turning over fallen logs, searching under bark, etc. The time spent using these<br />

different methods by each worker is carefully recorded.<br />

Data analysis<br />

The time spent searching is multiplied by the number of searchers to<br />

give the ‘total hours spent searching’; this, in turn, is related to the sightings per<br />

hour. Time species counts may be used either to detect number of species or<br />

the number of animals collected.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

This technique is probably best suited to sampling animals which are<br />

fairly visible from a distance, and therefore not applicable for many forest situations<br />

except when amphibians have congregated for breeding. It may be useful<br />

for reptiles that are ‘sit and wait’ predators, such as geckoes, which often<br />

occupy relatively conspicuous sites at night; it may also be applicable for nighttime<br />

counts of chameleons.<br />

3.3.8 Transect counts<br />

Such counts might be used for conspicuous species, such as skinks,<br />

which scuttle away from a path as an observer walks it. The transect methods<br />

are discussed in Chapters 5 and 6. Jenkins et al. (1999) describe the use of a<br />

modified line transect count method for surveying chameleons at night in<br />

Madagascar.<br />

3.3.9 Territory mapping<br />

This technique can be used for lacertid lizards and for agamas, which<br />

are markedly territorial. The locations of individual territorial males are determined<br />

and then plotted on a map of the study site. However, it is very timeconsuming<br />

and labour-intensive, and probably would be used only if you were<br />

concerned with a particular species or population.<br />

34


3.3.10 Sound recording surveys<br />

Parker (1991) has argued convincingly for the use of tape recordings in<br />

avifaunal surveys, and his arguments also hold for surveys of amphibians.<br />

Tape recordings have been made of many frog vocalisations (Schiotz, 1999;<br />

Passmore & Carruthers, 1995; Rodel, 2000); Heyer et al. (1994) suggest protocols<br />

for recording of amphibian calls. This technique is not applicable to reptiles,<br />

because none of the <strong>African</strong> species vocalise with sufficient volume and<br />

regularity to be useful for such an approach. For additional information on<br />

using sound recording surveys see sections 6.3.2.c and 7.3.9.<br />

Equipment<br />

● high-quality portable tape recorder or mini-disc player<br />

● microphone and batteries<br />

● blank tapes or mini-discs<br />

● recorded tapes/CDs of frog sounds<br />

● plastic bag or similar for protecting equipment against moisture<br />

Site selection<br />

Tape recording may be conducted in the form of a general survey, or<br />

sampling might be randomised to meet a particular experimental set up.<br />

Remember that some anurans may be photophobic and thus may not call as<br />

much or with the same intensity on a night with a bright, large moon as on a<br />

dark, moonless night.<br />

Procedure and Recording<br />

i) Two approaches are possible. One is to record individuals as heard,<br />

and try to approach and capture these animals for identification; preferably a<br />

specimen with its field number noted on the recording of its call. A second<br />

approach is to place the tape recorder at a particular site and record 5–10 minutes<br />

of the general calling sounds of amphibians. When recording species<br />

which are sensitive to the approach of an observer/recorder, a useful approach<br />

is to have a long microphone cable; the microphone is left near the animal<br />

which has been vocalising, and the observer/recorder simply retreats to a<br />

certain distance, and records using the long microphone cable.<br />

ii) Give full habitat data, time of day, exact locality, name of surveyor, air<br />

and water temperature, and other relevant details. Effectively, the tape is a<br />

specimen, so it too must have as much precise data on it as possible. Long<br />

periods of natural anuran sounds are valuable and lacking in most sound<br />

libraries.<br />

35


iii) A sample recording data sheet based on that of the Macauley Library<br />

of Natural Sounds at Cornell University is provided (Form 3.3).<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) By collecting detailed data on individual as well as community vocalisations,<br />

a record is built up which will enable most species to be identified by<br />

voice alone. Well-documented recordings also serve as valid records of a<br />

species.<br />

ii) Copies of these recordings should be deposited in a professionallymaintained<br />

sound collection where they will be available for researchers. Such<br />

institutions include national museums, the British Library of Wildlife Sounds, or<br />

the Macauley Library of Natural Sounds at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York,<br />

USA.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Because sound is so important in anuran biology, this technique adds<br />

considerably to our knowledge of the species concerned. The human ear is<br />

very fallible; the tape recorder, however, records all sounds (within the limitations<br />

of its microphone and the tape response), thus creating a permanent<br />

record that can be assessed by others at a later date. It also permits identification<br />

of species that were not heard or seen by the recorder or other collectors,<br />

and detailed sonographic study is possible in the laboratory.<br />

3.4 Specimen handling<br />

Given our rudimentary understanding about forest amphibians and reptiles,<br />

specimens are needed to allow accurate identification by experts, and for<br />

future reference in the event of taxonomic revisions. Specimens that are collected,<br />

therefore, need to be preserved in an appropriate fashion (Knudsen,<br />

1966; Broadley, 1973; and Heyer et al., 1994, provide detailed instructions),<br />

and lodged in a suitable institution, museum or collection (see section 4.4).<br />

The collecting of voucher specimens, or larger series of specimens<br />

where necessary, also permits other data, such as reproductive condition, to be<br />

assessed, and one can also obtain information important to population biology<br />

(such as number of eggs per female). Careful labelling of specimens, with<br />

cross-reference to field notes and photographs, is essential.<br />

In addition to the whole specimen, many recommend that tissues of animals<br />

routinely be taken and fixed separately so that DNA may be analysed<br />

later. Similarly, it is extremely useful to collect tissues fixed in such a way that<br />

these may be used later for analysis of pesticides, metals, and other pollutants,<br />

as has been done to assess insecticide spraying in Zimbabwe (Lambert, 1993).<br />

36


3.5 Health and safety<br />

Both amphibians and reptiles may harbour ectoparasites and endoparasites,<br />

and also may be infected by fungi and bacteria. While usually these have<br />

been of little concern to those working with them, recently in some countries<br />

there has been concern expressed that freshwater chelonians sold as pets<br />

may carry the Salmonella bacterium and cause disease. It is therefore<br />

advisable to take normal precautions when handling live animals as well as<br />

dead specimens, such as using gloves and carefully washing hands with soap<br />

and disinfectant.<br />

All amphibians have a glandular skin and some of the secretions are<br />

toxic and if ingested, potentially fatal. Most toads (family Bufonidae), for example,<br />

have specialised glandular areas on the skin, the secretions of which contain<br />

powerful toxins. Other anurans, such as members of the genus<br />

Phrynomantis (formerly Phrynomerus) also secrete extremely irritating substances<br />

from their skin glands. Although in both the toads and other frogs<br />

these substances are not usually a problem for those handling them, if the<br />

worker has a cut or abraded area of the skin, irritation will result. Similarly, if<br />

the secretion is transferred to the eye, nose or mouth, severe pain and irritation<br />

may result (Howell, 1978). Simply rinsing with water or other diluting liquids is<br />

the best first aid.<br />

As ably described by Cansdale (1962) in his book on West <strong>African</strong><br />

snakes, and contrary to popular belief, very few people get bitten by snakes.<br />

Those that do seldom suffer severe consequences – it is more likely that someone<br />

will be killed in a bus, or on a bicycle, than by a snake bite.<br />

The venom of only a relatively few species is potentially fatal to humans.<br />

Despite the low risks, however, it is still important to take precautions to avoid<br />

being bitten by snakes, since surveying them does greatly increase contact.<br />

Sensible, strong field boots (canvas, leather or rubber) are important, and can<br />

be supplemented with thick socks and denim trousers for the areas between<br />

ankle and knee (where most snakebites occur). Safety gloves (e.g. gardening<br />

gloves) as well as a snake stick are important when catching and handling. In<br />

the case of spitting cobras, which spray their venom at the eyes, safety goggles<br />

should be worn. All these precautions will reduce the chances of being<br />

bitten by snakes.<br />

In the unlikely event of a snake strike, every effort should be made, without<br />

risking further injury, to capture the snake (dead or alive) to show to firstaiders<br />

and medical staff. Snakes should be handled with extreme caution and<br />

readers are strongly advised to learn to recognise the local venomous forms<br />

and to avoid handling them. Details of venomous snakes and snakebite treatment<br />

can be found in Spawls & Branch (1995).<br />

37


3.6 Conclusions<br />

Our knowledge of amphibian and reptile biology and population cycles in<br />

<strong>African</strong> forests is so rudimentary that substantially more survey work is needed<br />

before forest management actions can be taken to reduce the risks of herptile<br />

losses.<br />

General surveys and pitfall traps are probably the first survey methods to<br />

use at any site, supplemented with other methods outlined above where time,<br />

resources, and interest allows. Until more specialists are trained, and more<br />

funding is available for detailed studies on populations, biologists will continue<br />

to carry out general surveys that indicate presence of amphibians and reptiles,<br />

rather than the much-needed detailed population surveys and studies. Species<br />

lists are useful, especially those which are annotated and provide information<br />

on the conservation status of the fauna of an area. It is important for forest<br />

managers to recognise when they have herpetofaunal assemblages of high<br />

diversity and/or endemic, rare or endangered species of amphibians and<br />

reptiles in their area. They can then encourage individuals as well as organisations<br />

with specialised training and experience to address the issues of amphibian<br />

and reptile populations in more detail than is currently the case.<br />

38


3.7 References<br />

Barbault, R. (1975). Les peuplements de lézards des savanes de Lamto (Côte d’Ivoire). Annal.<br />

Univ. Abidjan. Ser. B. Ecol. 8: 147–221.<br />

Bennett, D. (1999). Reptiles and Amphibians: Expedition Field Techniques. Royal Geographical<br />

Society, London, UK.<br />

Berger, L., Speare, R., Daszak, P., Greene, D.E., Cunningham, A.A., Goggin, C.R., Slocombe, R.,<br />

Raga, M.A., Hyatt, A.D., MacDonald, K.R., Hinas, H.B., Lip, K.R., Marantelli, G. & Parkes, H.<br />

(1998). Chytriomycosis causes amphibian mortalities associated with population declines in the<br />

rainforests of Australia and Central America. Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 95: 9031 – 9036.<br />

Bowker, R.G. & Bowker, M.H. (1979). Abundance and distribution of anurans in a Kenyan pond.<br />

Copeia 1979: 278–285.<br />

Branch, B. (1998). Field Guide to the Snakes and Other Reptiles of Southern Africa. 3rd edn.<br />

Struik, Cape Town, South Africa.<br />

Broadley, D.G. (1973). Reptiles and Amphibians: Instructions for the Collection and Preservation.<br />

Trustees of the National Museums and Monuments of Rhodesia. 5pp.<br />

Broadley, D.G. (1994). A review of Lygosoma Hardwicke and Gray 1827 (Reptilia: Scincidae) on<br />

the East <strong>African</strong> coast, with the description of a new species. Trop. Zool. 7: 217–222.<br />

Broadley, D.G. (1995a). A new species of Scolecoseps (Reptilia: Scincidae) from southeastern<br />

Tanzania. Amphibia-Reptilia 16: 241–244.<br />

Broadley, D.G. (1995b). A new species of Prosymna Gray (Serpentes: Colubridae) from Coastal<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> in northeastern Tanzania. Arnoldia Zimb. 10(4): 29–32.<br />

Broadley, D.G. & Blake, D.K. (1979). A field study of Rhampholeon marshall marshalli on Vumba<br />

Mountain, Rhodesia (Sauria: Chamaeleonidae). Arnoldia Rhod. 8(34): 1–6.<br />

Broadley, D.G. & Howell, K.M. (1991). A checklist of the reptiles of Tanzania, with synoptic keys.<br />

Syntarsus 1: 1–70.<br />

Broadley, D.G. & Wallach, V. (1996). Remarkable new worm snake (Serpentes: Leptotyphlopidae)<br />

from the East <strong>African</strong> Coast. Copeia 1996: 162–166.<br />

Bury, R.B. & Corn, P.S. (1987). Evaluation of pitfall trapping in north-western forest: trap arrays with<br />

drift fences. J. Wildl.mgmt 5: 112–119.<br />

Cansdale, G.S. (1962). West <strong>African</strong> Snakes. Longmans, London.<br />

Drewes, R.C. & Vindum, J. (1994). Amphibians of the Impenetrable <strong>Forest</strong>, south-west Uganda. J.<br />

Afr. Zool. 108: 55–70.<br />

Ferner, J.W. (1979). A Review of Marking Techniques for Amphibians and Reptiles. Society for the<br />

Study of Amphibians and Reptiles Herpetological Circular No.9.<br />

Fischer, E. & Hinkel, H. (1992). La Nature et l’Environment du Rwanda. Rheinmain Druck, Mainz,<br />

Germany.<br />

Fritts, T.H. (1988). Instructions for making screen-wire snake traps. In: The Brown Tree Snake,<br />

Boiga irregularis, a Threat to Pacific Islands, pp. 28–30. US Fish Wildl. Serv., Biol Rep. 88 (31),<br />

36 pp.<br />

39


Frost, D.R. (Ed.) (1985). Amphibian Species of the World. Allen Press & Association of Systematics<br />

Collections, Lawrence, Kansas, USA.<br />

Glaw, F. & Vences, M. (1994). A Field Guide to the Amphibians and Reptiles of Madagascar. 2nd<br />

edn. Moos Druck, Leverkusen, Germany.<br />

Heyer, R.W., Donneley, M.A., McDiarmid, R.W., Hayek, L-A.C. & Foster, M.S. (1994). Measuring<br />

and Monitoring Biological Diversity. Standard methods for Amphibians. Smithsonian Institution<br />

Press, Washington, USA.<br />

Howell, K.M. (1978). Ocular envenomation by a toad in the Bufo regularis species group; effects<br />

and first aid. EANHS Bull. July/Aug: 82–84.<br />

Howell, K.M. (1993). Herpetofauna of the eastern <strong>African</strong> forests. Chapter 9. In: Biogeography and<br />

Ecology of the Rain <strong>Forest</strong>s of Eastern Africa, pp. 173–210. (Eds. J.C. Lovett & S.K. Wasser).<br />

Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.<br />

Jenkins, R.K.B., Brady, L.D., Huston, K., Kauffmann, J.L.D., Rabearivony, J., Raveloson, G. &<br />

Rowcliffe, J.M. (1999). The population status of chameleons in Ranomafana National Park,<br />

Madagascar, and recommendations for future monitoring. Oryx 33(1): 38–46.<br />

Kiesecker, M., Blaustein, A.R., Belden, L.K. (2001). Complex causes of amphibian population<br />

declines. Nature 410: 681–683.<br />

Knudsen, J.W. (1966). Biological Techniques. Harper & Row, New York, USA.<br />

Kreulen, D. (1979). Factors affecting reptile biomass in <strong>African</strong> grasslands. Am. Nat. 114: 157–165.<br />

Lambert, M.R. (1993). Effects of DDT ground-spraying against tsetse flies on lizards in NW<br />

Zimbabwe. Environm. Poll. 82: 231–237.<br />

Lambiris, A.J.L. (1989). The Frogs of Zimbabwe. Monografie X, Museo Regionale di Scienze<br />

Naturali, Torino.<br />

Larsen, D.P. (1993). The Reptiles of Korup National Park, Cameroon. Herp. Nat. Hist. 1(2): 27–90.<br />

MacKay, A. & MacKay, J. (1985). Poisonous Snakes of Eastern Africa and the Treatment of their<br />

Bites. Published by the authors, Nairobi, Kenya.<br />

Msuya, C.A. (1993). Feeding habits of crowned eagles Stephaonaetus coronatus in Kiwengoma<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> Reserve, Matumbi Hills, Tanzania. Proc. VIII Pan-Afr. Orn. Congr. 118–120.<br />

Muze, E.S. (1976). Studies on the sex ratio and polymorphism in Hyperolius puncticulatus<br />

(Rhacophoridae) at Amani, Tanzania. MSc thesis, University of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania.<br />

O’Shea, M. (1992). Reptiles and Amphibians: Expedition Field Techniques. Royal Geographical<br />

Society, London, UK.<br />

Parker, T.A. III. (1991). On the use of tape recorders in avifaunal surveys. Auk 108: 443–444.<br />

Passmore, N. & Carruthers, V. (1995). South <strong>African</strong> Frogs: A Complete Guide. Revised edition.<br />

Southern Book Publishers and Witswatersrand University Press, Johannesburg, South Africa.<br />

Pasteur, G. (1995). Biodiversité et reptiles: diagnoses de sept nouvelles espèces fossils et<br />

actuelles du genre de lizards Lygodactylus (Sauria, Gekkonidae). Dumerilia 2: 1–21.<br />

Pitman, C.R.S. (1974). A Guide to the Snakes of Uganda. Revised edn. Wheldon and Wesley. 290pp.<br />

40


Rodel, M.O. (2000). Herpetofauna of West Africa, Vol.1: Amphibians of the West <strong>African</strong> Savanna.<br />

332pp, including CD.<br />

Schiotz, A. (1999). Tree Frogs of Africa. Edition Chimaira, Frankfurt am Main, Germany.<br />

Scott, N.J. Jr. (1982). The herpetofauna of forest litter plots from Cameroon, Africa. In:<br />

Herpetological Communities. (Ed. N.J. Scott Jr.). U.S. Dept. Int. Fish Wild Ser. Wild. Res. Rept. No.<br />

13: 145–150.<br />

Spawls, S. (1978). A checklist of the snakes of Kenya. J. E. Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc and Nat.Mus. 3 (67):<br />

1–18.<br />

Spawls, S. & Branch, B. (1995). The Dangerous Snakes of Africa. Blandford, Cassell Group,<br />

London.<br />

Spawls, S., Howell, K.M., Drewes, R.C. & Ashe, J. (2002). A Field Guide to the Reptiles of East<br />

Africa. Academic Press, London.<br />

Stewart, M. (1967). Amphibians of Malawi. State University of New York Press, Albany, USA.<br />

Stewart, M. & Pough, F.H. (1983). Population density of tropical forest frogs: relation to retreat<br />

sites. Science 221: 570–572.<br />

Vogt, R.C. (1987). Techniques. You can set drift fences in the canopy! SSAR Herp. Rev. 18: 13–14.<br />

Waichman, A.V. (1992). An alphanumeric code for toe clipping amphibians and reptiles. Herpetol.<br />

Rev. 23: 1992.<br />

Western, D. (1974). The distribution, density and biomass density of lizards in a semi-arid environment<br />

of northern Kenya. E. Afr. Wildl. J. 12: 49–62.<br />

Wyman, R.L. (1990). What’s happening to the amphibians? Conserv. Biol. 4: 350–352.<br />

Yalden, D.W. (1977). The Identification of Remains in Owl Pellets. Occasional Publication of the<br />

Mammal Society. Reading, UK. 8pp.<br />

41


Form 3.1: Herptile Catch Records (instructions see p52)<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Soil type: Leaf–litter/ground cover:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Other:<br />

Trap line Microhabitat Water Topography Species and Other<br />

& no. association specimen<br />

sheet ref.<br />

42


Form 3.2: Specimen Records: herptiles<br />

Specimen sheet ref: Field sheet ref:<br />

Collector: Date: Time:<br />

(dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Collecting site: Altitude:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: Slope:<br />

Additional notes:<br />

Species: Field no.: Sex (if known): Age:<br />

Pregnant: Eggs: Breeding condition:<br />

Colour/markings: Wounds:<br />

Ectoparasites: Endoparasites:<br />

Measurements:<br />

HB TL TV Snout-vent Other W<br />

mm mm mm mm mm g<br />

Material Preserved:<br />

Skin Skull Skeleton Stomach Faeces Blood Liver Kidneys<br />

Stomach contents:<br />

Component: Percentage:<br />

Remarks/Other<br />

43


Form 3.3: Sound Recording Form<br />

Species, Sound or Subject:<br />

Recordist(s) and Address:<br />

Date: Time: Weather:<br />

Place: Latitude: Longitude:<br />

Species/id<br />

No. of individuals<br />

Sex/Age<br />

Breeding status<br />

Sound Category<br />

Response to playback<br />

Notes:<br />

For calls www.birds.cornell.edu www.bl.uk/collections/sound-archive/nsa.html<br />

Contacts:<br />

Curator Curator<br />

Library of Natural sounds NSA Wildlife Section<br />

Corne Laboratory of Ornithology The British Library<br />

159 Sapsucker Wood road National Sound Archive<br />

Ithaca, New York 14850, USA 96 Euston Road<br />

London NW1 2DB, UK<br />

44


golden-rumped elephant shrew (Rhyncocyon chrysopygus)<br />

4. Small mammals:<br />

bats, rodents and insectivores<br />

Glyn Davies and Kim Howell<br />

4.1 Biology<br />

Small mammals are a disparate collection of flying and non-flying<br />

species that have been grouped together because of their relatively small size,<br />

despite obvious anatomical and ecological differences. In this chapter, we<br />

consider three groups: rodents, bats, and insectivores (including elephantshrews).<br />

All groups are elusive and difficult to survey because, in order to avoid<br />

predators, they have evolved dull colouration, secretive behaviour and, in many<br />

cases, nocturnal habits. These characteristics, along with their small size,<br />

make field identification difficult – a problem exacerbated by the very high<br />

diversity of <strong>African</strong> small mammal species (for example, there are about 190<br />

bats and some 380 rodents in Africa). These problems are no less acute for<br />

insectivorous small mammals – there are about 165 <strong>African</strong> mainland species<br />

(many of them in the genus Crocidura alone). Mammal lists of the world<br />

(Corbet & Hill, 1991; Wilson & Reeder, 1993; Nowak, 1999), and regional<br />

checklists, may help to give a rough idea of the species present in an area, but<br />

only surveys and collecting carried out over different seasons will permit a<br />

more accurate assessment of the species present in a given forest.<br />

45


Bats (Order Chiroptera)<br />

Bats are divided into two sub-orders: the fruit bats (Megachiroptera),<br />

sometimes termed ‘megabats’, which use their large eyes and relatively long<br />

noses to locate fruit and nectar/pollen food sources, and do not use highfrequency<br />

echolocation for navigation; and the insect-eating bats<br />

(Microchiroptera), or microbats, which make use of echolocation and hearing to<br />

find insects and small fruit foods, as well as nectar and pollen. Species from<br />

both groups roost in the daytime, sometimes in large congregations, and are<br />

most active soon after sunset, unless it is raining. Some are active during the<br />

day as well as at night, and during the night different species may show activity<br />

peaks at different times.<br />

Rodents (Order Rodentia)<br />

The rodents are usually divided into two sub-orders: the Sciurognathi,<br />

which includes the squirrels, rats, and mice; and the Hystricognathi, represented<br />

in Africa by the porcupines, mole-rats, cane-rats and dassie-rat. Some<br />

members of this diverse order are large (e.g. cane rat: 7+ kg; crested porcupine:<br />

15+ kg) and all have powerful front teeth for gnawing. The mice and rats<br />

mostly live in holes and forage for fruits, seeds, arthropods, etc. on the forest<br />

floor, or under/along fallen logs. Most rats and mice are terrestrial, and most<br />

squirrels are arboreal – however, there are some rare exceptions to this rule:<br />

dormice and climbing-mice climb quite extensively in under-storey trees, while<br />

some large squirrel species are ground-dwelling.<br />

Insectivores (Orders Insectivora and Macroscelidea)<br />

The insectivores belong to two mammalian orders: Insectivora, which<br />

includes such diverse groups as the shrews, otter-shrews and hedgehogs, and<br />

the Macroscelidea – the distinctive elephant-shrews (although there have been<br />

recent taxonomic revisions). The shrews are distinguished from rodents by<br />

their protruding snout, usually tiny eyes and elongated lower incisors. Most forage<br />

in leaf-litter for live arthropods and other invertebrates.<br />

An important characteristic of small mammals is that many have the<br />

reproductive ability to undergo large population increases during favourable<br />

periods, and suffer substantial losses at other times. For species that show<br />

these boom-and-bust cycles, estimates of population sizes are difficult to<br />

extrapolate from year to year. There are also considerable differences between<br />

different seasons, so surveys need to take careful account of this potential<br />

bias; comparing dry season and wet season results will give a poor understanding<br />

of population differences between forests. There may also be differences<br />

in behaviour depending on weather conditions (e.g. mice sheltering<br />

during rainstorms) and lunar phases (e.g. dark nights affecting fruit bat activity),<br />

so these factors should be recorded during surveys.<br />

46


4.2 Management issues<br />

Small mammals, especially the more abundant species, are important<br />

components of forest ecosystems. All small species are preyed upon, and<br />

therefore support populations of many groups of carnivorous and omnivorous<br />

mammals, birds and reptiles. Rodents that are not eaten are responsible for<br />

the destruction of many plants’ seeds, but they can also play a key role in seed<br />

dispersal; for example, when squirrels cache (hide) seeds in stores that they<br />

fail to relocate before the seeds have germinated. Bats also play a very important<br />

ecological role in the forest, through pollination of flowers and dispersal of<br />

seeds from fleshy fruits.<br />

Small mammals may also be good indicator species of habitat change,<br />

and some are pioneer species. Recent studies in southern Africa of small<br />

mammals colonising disturbed coastal sand dunes have indicated the usefulness<br />

of rodents and other small mammals, as indicators (for example in regenrating<br />

coastal dune forests: Ferreira & van Aarde, 1997, and in central <strong>African</strong><br />

forests along logging roads: Malcolm & Ray, 2000).<br />

In their relationships with humans, there are a number of rodent species<br />

that do considerable damage to crops and stored grains, and fruit bats that do<br />

substantial damage to soft fruits. As a result they are killed, often by trapping<br />

rather than shooting, to reduce crop losses. An important by-product of these<br />

pest control operations is bush-meat – including polythene-wrapped fruit bats<br />

for sale in supermarkets (e.g. Mickleburgh et al., 1992) and road-side carcasses<br />

of cane rats (grass-cutters). Many other species have a neutral impact on<br />

agriculture, and some are beneficial in pollinating fruit and vegetable crops.<br />

Recent conservation reviews indicate that rodents (Lidicker, 1989), bats<br />

(Mickleburgh et al., 1992; Hutson et al., 2001) and insectivores (Nicoll &<br />

Rathbun, 1990) are all declining in Africa. In the case of fruit bats, disturbance<br />

or destruction of roosting sites, over-exploitation of useful species and conflicts<br />

with fruit-growers have been cited as the main causes of declines (Mickleburgh<br />

et al., 1992). Schlitter (1989) listed some 67 species of <strong>African</strong> rodents (representative<br />

of eight families) as being of special conservation concern, while<br />

Nicoll & Rathbun (1990) listed 58 species of insectivores, including six of the<br />

15 elephant-shrew species, which need special conservation attention. For all<br />

three groups, the most consistent cause of declines is modification, fragmentation<br />

and loss of habitats, especially forest environments (see the 2000 IUCN<br />

Red List of Threatened Species (Hilton-Taylor, 2000) www.redlist.org, for recent<br />

information).<br />

Another consistent comment in conservation reviews is that very little is<br />

known about these groups, either in terms of where they are found, or their<br />

ecology and population biology (most work having been done in temperate<br />

47


zones). In this chapter, therefore, a summary of basic survey principles is<br />

given, along with an overview of the wide range of methods that have been<br />

developed, many of which need to be adapted for particular species, or<br />

particular forests.<br />

4.3 Methods<br />

General<br />

The methods used vary according to the particular group; obviously, bats<br />

must be surveyed using techniques which differ from those used for rodents.<br />

Yet the general approach is similar and many of the factors to consider are<br />

similar or the same. Afirst principle is to obtain the maximum amount of<br />

information about an individual detected or captured. This may be a relatively<br />

straightforward procedure when dealing with a specimen, but obtaining information<br />

on flying bats or rodents glimpsed only briefly is challenging to say the<br />

least.<br />

Identification<br />

As mentioned earlier, many small mammal species can be very difficult<br />

to identify, and sometimes it is only possible to identify specimens to the level<br />

of genus. There are few field guides available to aid in the identification of<br />

<strong>African</strong> small mammals, although Kingdon (1997) is an exception; however,<br />

even this guide is limited in its discussion and representation of the smaller<br />

mammal species. Regional works, such as Rosevear (1965, 1969), Happold<br />

(1987) and Kingdon (1974), may be useful for identification, but they are all<br />

hefty tomes and cannot be carried into the field. In most cases, identification<br />

will need to rely on the use of identification keys, many of which are only available<br />

for individual families or genera and are not widely available.<br />

Furthermore, the identification of small mammals, especially shrews and<br />

rodents, to species level, usually requires a detailed examination of the skull<br />

and teeth. This effectively means that some animals must be sacrificed to<br />

serve as voucher specimens, and sent to museums outside of the region for<br />

examination and study by specialists. Thus, the preservation of voucher specimens<br />

(at least 10 individuals of each sex per species) is a necessary and vital<br />

part of any small mammal study.<br />

However, a new effort aimed at students of mammals in Tanzania is just<br />

bearing fruit. W. T. Stanley of the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago,<br />

Illinois, U.S.A., with financial support from the MacArthur Foundation, has<br />

created a key to <strong>African</strong> mammals using either skulls or skins. While still in a<br />

preliminary stage, this can be accessed at: www.devdirection.com/tanzania/<br />

48


4.3.1 General surveys<br />

General surveys can be used to start plotting the distribution of species,<br />

in different habitats and at different altitudes, and to select sites for more<br />

detailed investigation. All the information gathered during general surveys can<br />

be mapped to show species’ distributions (section 6.3.1).<br />

For bats, dusk-time walks near forest streams, potential roosting sites<br />

(e.g. caves) and fruiting/flowering trees provide an indication of bat numbers.<br />

Checking caves, hollow trees and fallen logs may also be rewarding, even in<br />

the daytime. For rodents and insectivores, searching under fallen logs for runs,<br />

where tiny feet have left a distinct path, as well as for signs of discarded food<br />

remains or faecal pellets, may help identify sites that could be sampled later<br />

with traps. In the case of elephant-shrews, spherical nests of grassy material in<br />

the leaf-litter, as well as runs, are indicative of their presence.<br />

Other indirect signs of small mammal presence include their teeth, skull<br />

and other skeletal remains in owl pellets (regurgitated by owls underneath their<br />

resting sites) and carnivore scats and skulls may also be found by searching<br />

rubbish tips near villages (Barnett, 1992). Hair analysis is another useful<br />

means of identifying small mammals indirectly; indeed, sampling of carnivore<br />

scats in order to identify the remains of small mammal species is a proven<br />

technique. In Central <strong>African</strong> Republic, Ray & Hutterer (1996) found that there<br />

were 16 species of sympatric shrews in one 35km 2 study area just by analysing<br />

carnivore scats collected over a two-year period. They attributed this highly<br />

unusual diversity less to some incredibly feature of the site, but rather because<br />

carnivores, as a moving trap, represented a more efficient capture technique<br />

than conventional pitfalls. With detailed information on hair size, colour and<br />

structure (e.g. scale patterns), one can even design fur traps with sticky tape or<br />

tiny snags placed on tubes through which animals pass, to enable the sampling<br />

of hairs for subsequent identification to species.<br />

For bats, high-frequency bat detectors can be used to investigate the<br />

presence of insectivorous bats, and indicate where future trapping might focus.<br />

However, a reference collection of bat calls is needed to relate the calls to a<br />

particular species (see Wilson et al., 1996).<br />

4.3.2 Bat roost surveys<br />

When a bat roost has been located, there are two approaches that can<br />

be taken to estimate the numbers present, namely emergence counts and<br />

roost counts. The emergence points from caves, for example, need to be<br />

located, and observers stationed at each in the late afternoon so that they can<br />

count how many bats emerge at dusk. Each observer should have a watch and<br />

49


tally counter. All bats exiting and entering should be counted in convenient time<br />

units (e.g. five-minute intervals), and those that return to the cave (presumably<br />

to come out again) are deducted from the total. Care needs to be taken to distinguish<br />

between different species leaving the same roost. This may be feasible<br />

when only a few easily-distinguished species are present at a roost, but might<br />

be extremely difficult or impossible when closely related species, similar in size,<br />

shape and behaviour are present. If there are several hundred bats emerging<br />

then counts become less accurate, and more observers (coupled with photographic<br />

techniques) can be used to improve the accuracy of the counts<br />

(Barlow, 1999).<br />

Counting bats that are roosting in enclosed areas (e.g. in buildings) can<br />

be done using low lights and binoculars to make total counts, and tree-roosting<br />

fruit-bats can be counted directly in the daylight (Kunz, 1988). As the colony<br />

size gets larger, counting becomes more difficult, and sub-sampling of different<br />

sections of the roost (with different concentrations of bats) may be needed. For<br />

example, numbers of fruit bats in many trees may be estimated by counting a<br />

sample of trees and multiplying up by the number of occupied trees once a<br />

mean (plus standard error) number of bats/tree has been established.<br />

4.3.3 Live-trapping: rodents<br />

and insectivores<br />

There are numerous reviews of this method of census (Delany, 1986;<br />

Barnett, 1992; Wilson et al., 1996) and this section summarises the main<br />

methods as they relate to forest survey work in Africa.<br />

Equipment<br />

● string and flagging tape<br />

● specimen bags and polythene bags<br />

● sedation materials<br />

● gloves<br />

● equipment for marking animals<br />

● spring balances<br />

● traps (see below) and bait<br />

There is a wide range of live-traps to select from (Fig. 4.1):<br />

● At the smaller end of the range, Longworth and Sherman live-traps<br />

are mostly made of aluminium, and measure approximately 230mm x<br />

95mm x 80mm in size when set up. These traps are very lightweight,<br />

and Shermans have the added advantage that they can fold flat for<br />

storage and easy carrying in the field.<br />

50


Fig 4.1: Live Traps<br />

Sherman<br />

● Havahart live-traps (available from international suppliers) are effective<br />

for sampling species such as <strong>African</strong> giant rat, and hyrax (dassie), and<br />

are convenient and easy to use. However, they are not collapsible and<br />

thus rather bulky.<br />

● Pit-fall traps are important to catch mammal species that may not be<br />

caught in other types of live-traps. This includes species that do not<br />

like the baits on offer and/or species that forage widely and do not<br />

follow runs (including shrews and other insectivores). Shrews are<br />

probably better surveyed using pit-fall trapping (section 3.3.2).<br />

● In the case of elephant-shrews, animals can be driven out of their<br />

nests into encircling nets (2m-wide fishing nets), once the nests<br />

have been located (see details on antelope drives – section 5.3.2).<br />

● The presence of nests along transect surveys has been developed as<br />

an indirect index of abundance (Fitzgibbon and Rathburn, 1994), using<br />

the same principles as described in the next chapter (section 5.3.3).<br />

Site selection<br />

i) Rodents tend to move around the edge of clearings, and beneath fallen<br />

logs and rocks. They also follow runs which may be visible, including along<br />

low branches and lianas, and their holes are often at the base of trees and<br />

rocks. They also use places to gather, store and consume foods, and to<br />

shelter. All these are potential trapping sites.<br />

ii) Once a trapping system has been developed, then every effort should<br />

be made to keep the same site selection procedures, and the number and<br />

types of traps consistent between different trapping periods (e.g. over consecutive<br />

years), or between sites in the same period. For example: 20% on lianas,<br />

80% on the ground; 50% box traps, 50% break-back traps (see below).<br />

51<br />

Havahart<br />

Longworth


Procedure<br />

i) Traps are generally placed in clusters, termed ‘trap stations’, spaced<br />

regularly (5–10m) along a transect or in a regular grid. Each trap station can<br />

have a number of traps, although three per trap station is probably a minimum.<br />

ii) The traps have to be baited, and particular attention needs to be paid<br />

to standardising the baits. There are a number of baits that have been successfully<br />

used: peanut butter works well, and can be mixed with other items<br />

(e.g. banana, maize meal, oats, raisins, forest fruits, chunks of manioc root,<br />

dried fish, etc.). In Tanzania, KH uses pieces of fried coconut, mixed with local<br />

peanut butter. This fits onto the trap bait-hook well, is attractive to rodents, and<br />

seems to survive the threats posed by rain and ants. The selection of bait will<br />

have a major impact on the species that will come to the trap, so the same bait<br />

needs to be used if trapping is to be standardised between sites.<br />

iii) If it is rainy, then some bedding (pieces of old newspaper) can be<br />

added to the box traps to reduce the risk of hypothermia. However, care must<br />

be taken in the process of preparing traps not to leave human scent which may<br />

deter animals from entering – rubbing other smells (e.g. meat fat) onto the trap<br />

is one option, but minimising handling and airing traps is always wise. If previous<br />

trapping has left urine or blood on traps, it is advisable to wipe/wash this<br />

off. Indeed, it is good practice to thoroughly wash traps to remove old bait,<br />

rodent urine, etc. prior to storage (see also the traps described in section 4.3.6).<br />

iv) The traps can now be placed in suitable trap sites, and need to be<br />

secured with strong string or stakes so that they are not moved either by<br />

trapped animals or, on rare occasions, by predators trying to get to the trapped<br />

animals. Trap entrances/surfaces should be flush with the substrate, so that<br />

animals do not have to go uphill to be caught, and they must not be easily<br />

flooded (or washed away) if there is sudden rain.<br />

v) Mark each trap site with flagging tape, and give each trap, trapping<br />

station and trap-line a unique number.<br />

vi) The traps must be inspected in the early morning, midday and late<br />

afternoon. If it is cold or wet, then more frequent inspections are advised.<br />

Ideally standardise the procedure so that all traps are baited and set between,<br />

say, 18:00 and 19:00, and are inspected between 06:00 and 07:00 the<br />

following morning.<br />

Recording<br />

This section applies to all small mammals, including bats, caught in<br />

live-traps.<br />

i) The following should be recorded on a standard trapping record<br />

form (Form 4.1) at the beginning of each transect:<br />

52


● full name of surveyor; sheet reference, which could refer to the field<br />

notes recording system (e.g. 3 or 12); date (dd/mm/yyyy); and address<br />

of institution that has a copy of the field records and specimens collected;<br />

collector number.<br />

● survey site: the name of the region/forest area, and site within the forest,<br />

where the survey was conducted (e.g. Kakamega <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve,<br />

Ischeno area); altitude (in metres above sea level); aspect (e.g. is the<br />

terrain steep or flat; valley-side, ridge-top or valley-bottom; facing<br />

north, south, east or west); latitude and longitude, in degrees, minutes<br />

and seconds (if available, using GPS), and the UTM (metric grid) can<br />

also be added here (two letters, followed by six numbers).<br />

● season: wet or dry season.<br />

● lunar phase: what quarter of the moon is it, and is it getting larger<br />

(waxing) or smaller (waning).<br />

● vegetation: use terminology that is accepted internationally, in particular<br />

make use of White’s (1983) phytogeographic regions of Africa.<br />

Other national and regional categories can also be used.<br />

● any indications/signs of human disturbance.<br />

● weather: a statement about the weather during the trapping period<br />

(e.g. clear, clouds, rain, overcast, windy).<br />

● temperature: typically the minimum night-time temperature.<br />

ii) Record all the traps that were set off during the night, making a<br />

note of the following:<br />

● trap lines/trap no.: the trap location can be cross-referenced to a map<br />

of the survey site.<br />

● trap type/bait: type of live-traps/nets or snap traps successful, and<br />

what bait was used.<br />

● microhabitat: this refers to details of the trap location – beneath a log,<br />

at the base of a tree, on a low branch, in burnt land, tied to a liana, in<br />

leaf litter, etc.<br />

● water association: whether the trap is situated near water bodies (e.g.<br />

5m from stream edge) and the type of water association (e.g. stream,<br />

river, marsh, pond, dry river bed, etc.)<br />

● topography: e.g. ridge top, halfway up hill, bottom of hill, valley, path,<br />

plain, and so on.<br />

● species captured and corresponding specimen sheet no (see iii). Use<br />

the scientific name of the species where identification is certain and<br />

record the English name where possible. Follow a standard list when<br />

using Latin names.<br />

● If the trap has been set off but no species has been captured, this<br />

should be recorded under ‘Other’. Note whether bait has been<br />

53


emoved or partly eaten and if traps have been moved. If a species has been<br />

captured, use the Other column to record information such as dominant plants<br />

in the immediate vicinity or any other important observations.<br />

iii) When an animal is caught, it is important to record as much information<br />

about the animal’s condition as possible on standard forms (Form 4.2; occasionally,<br />

specimens may be collected for preservation purposes, see section<br />

4.4).<br />

iv) Care must be taken not to injure or traumatise the animals during this<br />

process, and to minimise risk of disease or infection spreading to surveyors<br />

(see section 4.5). Thick gloves are important, and surveyors should learn how<br />

to hold captured animals without injuring themselves or the animals. Captives<br />

can be sedated by carefully emptying the trap into a large polythene bag containing<br />

a small piece of cotton wool soaked in chloroform or ether. The animal<br />

should be drowsy, but not unconscious, when it is picked up for inspection.<br />

Data analysis is discussed in the subsequent section.<br />

Fig 4.2: Handling small rodents<br />

4.3.4 Live-trapping: bats<br />

Although the same equipment will be required as for the live-trapping of<br />

rodents and insectivores, the trapping system for flying mammals obviously is<br />

entirely different. There are three basic bat-catching techniques:<br />

Hand nets<br />

Hand nets (made with mosquito mesh if necessary), with long handles, a<br />

deep net, and firm rim can be used to catch bats. This can be done by holding<br />

it over a small hole through which they are emerging, or placing them over<br />

roosting bats on ceilings and cave walls (Barlow, 1999). Hand nets can also be<br />

used to catch flying bats by bringing the net quickly around the bat from behind<br />

(Wilson et al., 1996), although this method should be used infrequently<br />

because it runs the risk of damaging the bat’s wings.<br />

54


Mist nets<br />

Mist nets for catching Microchiroptera should have a mesh size of about<br />

36mm but stronger nets, with larger mesh sizes, are needed for<br />

Megachiroptera. Mist nets come in varying lengths of 6–18m. Monofilament<br />

nets should not be used for catching bats (Barlow, 1999). Discussions about<br />

mist netting are given in the chapter on bird surveys (section 7.3.8), including<br />

details of all the equipment needed.<br />

Mist nets tend to be most effective in catching medium and large bats,<br />

especially plant-visiting species travelling in the understorey of the forest.<br />

Smaller insectivorous species tend to evade mist nets, and quickly chew their<br />

way out when caught.<br />

The advantage of mist nests is that the nets are easily transported in<br />

bags to the field site, as long as large numbers of lightweight bamboo or aluminium<br />

poles are not needed. In addition, the surface area for catching can be<br />

enlarged by stringing a number of nets together.<br />

The main disadvantage of mist nets is that they are hard to move once<br />

set up. It is also a slow and tricky business removing bats from the nets, during<br />

which time both the bats and the nets can get damaged.<br />

Harp traps<br />

Harp traps have been developed in the last 30 years, and operate on the<br />

principle that bats have difficulty in seeing – either visually or by means of<br />

echolocation – thin strands (Kunz et al., 1996). They are most effective in<br />

catching smaller, insectivorous bats.<br />

To make a harp trap, a rectangular frame (approx. 2m x 2m) is constructed,<br />

and vertical lines are attached at the top and bottom, 25mm apart (the<br />

harp). Monofilament fishing line (about 300g strength) is readily available for<br />

this purpose, although steel wires have been used. Asecond frame, with the<br />

same layout of lines, is fitted 70–100mm away from the first frame, with the<br />

vertical lines on the second frame corresponding to the gaps between the lines<br />

on the first frame (see Fig. 4.3). Bats fly into the trap and get blocked between<br />

the two sets of lines, causing them to fall or flutter into a canvas bag at the<br />

bottom of the trap. The canvas bag needs polythene flaps on either side of the<br />

entrance, leaving an open slit through which bats will fall, and under which the<br />

bats can rest in a dry place.<br />

Trapping efficiency can be increased by having three or four layers of<br />

lines on a single trap (Francis, 1989), and the traps can be made as large as<br />

construction materials and access to forest survey sites allows; a trap used to<br />

capture flying foxes was 15m high and 17m wide (Wilson et al., 1996). Some<br />

traps have legs to stand them up on the forest floor, but others are hung from<br />

tree branches using ropes and pulleys.<br />

55


The advantage of harp traps is that they can easily be moved about to<br />

other catching sites within the survey area, and bats can be removed from<br />

them quickly. The disadvantages are that they generally offer a small surface<br />

area for trapping, and can be bulky to carry into the forests in the first place.<br />

Fig. 4.3: A harp trap<br />

Site selection<br />

i) For mist nets and harp traps, the entrance to roosts is an obvious<br />

place to survey, although the roost exit should not be completely blocked and<br />

care should be taken not to catch more bats than can be safely removed from<br />

the nets/traps.<br />

ii) Other suitable sites include beside, or stretched over, small pools and<br />

streams, or any flyways that bats appear to be making frequent use of. The<br />

best places are where there is a gap in the vegetation that funnels bats into a<br />

narrow area where nets/traps can be placed. Placing traps/nets at right angles<br />

to each other, or in a V-shape, may improve catches.<br />

iii) Catching bats in the upper strata of the forest, or above the tree<br />

canopy, obviously requires nets/traps to be hung from branches, or from aerial<br />

walkways that have already been constructed. Time is needed to fire strings<br />

into the canopy trees (with bows, cross-bows or sling-shots), and to haul up the<br />

nets/traps in such a way that they hang securely and do not get caught up in<br />

twigs and branches. Safety and specialist equipment are needed if climbers<br />

are clambering up the trees to set the nets/traps.<br />

iv) Bats learn to avoid places where traps/nets have been set, so<br />

traps/nets need to be moved periodically (every 2–3 days), or as soon as there<br />

is an obvious decline in the number of catches.<br />

56


Procedure<br />

i) Nets and traps should be set up well before sunset, so that they are<br />

ready for the initial surge in bat activity at around dusk. In the case of mist nets<br />

this means that any birds caught before dusk need to be removed.<br />

ii) Nets and traps should be checked at least every 30 minutes. If too<br />

many bats are being caught then traps/nets should be closed so that bats don’t<br />

get damaged. They should also be closed if it starts to rain – bats die very<br />

quickly if they get cold and wet.<br />

iii) Although trapping efforts should be concentrated around dusk and<br />

early evening, it is important to keep going throughout the night, or at different<br />

periods on consecutive nights until dawn, in order to cover all periods of<br />

potential peak activity for different bat species.<br />

iv) Once a trapping/netting system has been established, it should be<br />

kept consistent between survey sites and periods (e.g. same number and size<br />

of nets/traps; same arrangement of traps/nets; same number of hours and<br />

periods of the night sampled).<br />

Recording<br />

Follow the same procedures listed above for rodents and insectivores<br />

(section 4.3.3; Form 4.1) being particularly careful while handling live bats.<br />

Fig 4.4: Handling bats<br />

Data analysis<br />

This section applies to all small mammals, including rodents and insectivores,<br />

caught in live-traps.<br />

At a most basic level, a list of the number of species caught can be used<br />

as an indication of biological richness for those species that can be trapped.<br />

Species lists can be built up over time, and supplemented with records from<br />

other trapping/survey procedures.<br />

Some rudimentary indices of abundance have been developed to make<br />

use of trap records. These indices present data in terms of the trapping success<br />

for a given trapping effort, often expressed as catches per trap-night (trapnights<br />

= number of traps multiplied by the number of nights set), or catches per<br />

trap-hour, etc. In the case of bats, reasonably accurate population estimates<br />

can be obtained if a sample of 350–500 bats is caught (Barlow, 1999).<br />

57


Advantages/limitations<br />

i) For all but the largest species, there is little option but to trap small<br />

mammals to carry out surveys. The constraints on this approach are the effectiveness<br />

of different types of traps to catch the full range of species present,<br />

and the ease/difficulty of getting the traps into remote forest areas.<br />

ii) At the level of generating a species list, the results reflect the presence<br />

of those species that are prepared to enter traps (for that bait). The<br />

results are therefore limited to giving information on the species richness of<br />

only those species for which the methods are suitable.<br />

iii) The same applies for population estimates. However, once an effective<br />

trapping system (including trap-siting, bait, etc.) has been developed for a<br />

species, then mark-recapture methods can be used to estimate absolute population<br />

densities, and make comparisons over time or between sites.<br />

4.3.5 Capture, mark, recapture<br />

If a long-term study is planned, then mark-recapture techniques can be<br />

used to make better estimates of population size. In this approach, animals are<br />

captured (using one of the methods described above), marked, and released,<br />

and the population sampled again after some time, using the same trapping<br />

methods. The population estimates are based on the equation:<br />

Total population = total first catch x total second catch<br />

number of recaptured marked animals<br />

However, a number of key assumptions must be met for this to follow<br />

(after Kunz, 1988):<br />

● survival rate of marked individuals is representative of the<br />

population as a whole;<br />

● the probability of survival between capture periods is equal for<br />

marked and unmarked individuals;<br />

● the permanent loss of individuals from the population is a result of<br />

deaths, and not long-term emigration (or dispersal);<br />

● marked individuals have an equal probability of being captured as<br />

unmarked animals;<br />

● marks are not lost;<br />

● the intensity of trapping (number of traps, number of days trapping,<br />

etc.) is the same in different surveys.<br />

These requirements are often not met, especially during a general<br />

survey of many species in a short period.<br />

58


More detailed ecological research, with reference to other survey books<br />

(e.g. Wilson et al., 1996), should be made before attempting this detailed level<br />

of analysis. The references give details of the mathematics of the survey<br />

approach, as well as different ways to mark animals before they are released<br />

after capture (e.g. clipping rodent toenails; fitting bands onto bat forewings;<br />

using luminous dyes and permanent markers on fur, etc.). Reference should<br />

also be made to computerised data analysis systems, such as CAPTURE<br />

(Pollock et al., 1990; obtainable from http//www.mbr.gov/software.html).<br />

4.3.6 Removal or dead-trapping<br />

Fig 4.5: Snap trap<br />

Equipment<br />

In addition to the equipment necessary for live-trapping (section 4.3.3),<br />

the following should be borne in mind regarding the use of traps for<br />

dead-trapping:<br />

● Important considerations when selecting traps include: whether<br />

their different parts are susceptible to rust, or rotting of wooden<br />

parts; whether the spring is too strong, and is therefore likely to<br />

destroy the specimens (loosening springs by one turn can resolve<br />

this problem); whether they have serrated edges which can<br />

severely damage specimens; whether they are too small to make<br />

a clean kill of medium to large species.<br />

● Rat-size traps take up space and are heavy. If packed in such a<br />

way that they become bent or the triggers are damaged, they will<br />

not be effective. It is therefore important to pack them as compactly<br />

and as securely as possible.<br />

● When storing traps, metal traps can be painted with red oxide<br />

primer to reduce rusting, and wooden traps can be dipped in linseed<br />

oil, which reduces their tendency to soak up water in the field (and<br />

increases trap life); as far as is known, the strong smell of this oil<br />

has no negative effect on capture rate.<br />

59


● There is a wealth of locally-made traps which can also be used,<br />

and which can improve the range of species being trapped in an<br />

area. Although there are also local trappers adept at operating<br />

these traps, the variability of trap construction usually precludes<br />

using these traps for systematic surveys in different forests.<br />

● Try to select a type of trap which is available in large numbers and<br />

which is likely to be available for purchase in the coming years.<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

The principles described above for live-trapping rodents and insectivores<br />

(section 4.3.3) all apply to trapping with break-back traps.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Break-back traps are much lighter and more compact to transport than<br />

live-traps. The standard break-back traps used to kill pest species such as rats<br />

(larger size) and mice (smaller size) are widely available, and can generally be<br />

purchased in the country where surveys are to be carried out. They generally<br />

catch more than live-traps, thereby providing specimens for identification and<br />

museum reference collections.<br />

However, they are indiscriminate in what they catch (i.e. they are not<br />

species-specific); usually, many individuals of one or two common species will<br />

predominate. Thus, many individuals are killed for a minimal amount of information<br />

that may be useful for management, a problem exacerbated when<br />

doing surveys in conservation areas where protection may be a focus of management.<br />

The catch is also strongly influenced by the baits that are used, and<br />

the ecology of the species in the forest site.<br />

4.4 Specimen handling<br />

Specimens collected from break-back traps can be supplemented with<br />

those from live-traps. If an animal has been live-trapped, and examined, the<br />

animal may be killed by cervical vertebrae dislocation, thoracic compression or<br />

any other humane means. Barnett (1992) has offered some guidelines on when<br />

animals might be killed:<br />

● when the animal is injured (physically or mentally) in live-traps and<br />

mist nets, including wet/cold animals that are hardly moving;<br />

● to obtain reference specimens (voucher specimens) that can be used<br />

for the later identification of species;<br />

● where specimens of identified species are needed for reference<br />

collections (for example, if it is found in a new region).<br />

60


There is a wealth of information that needs to be collected from dead<br />

specimens. Some of this can be done in the field, but further research may be<br />

required back in the laboratory (Wilson et al., 1996). Since specimens are<br />

required for accurate species identification, it is very important that surveyors<br />

take time to visit museum or university specimen collections in order to become<br />

familiar with hair/skin colouration, and other diagnostic features for species<br />

identification, especially cranial/dental anatomy. Discussions should be held<br />

with curatorial staff to get advice on what needs collection, how to measure<br />

small mammals accurately, how to prepare specimens, and get copies of their<br />

standard specimen record sheets and identification guides.<br />

Equipment<br />

● dissecting kit: scissors (fine and thick), scalpel (including different size<br />

blades), forceps (fine and thick), syringes (with fine and thick needles),<br />

surgical mask and gloves<br />

● ruler/callipers<br />

● Pesola weighing scales<br />

● waterproof specimen labels<br />

● thick thread and sewing needles<br />

● plastic screw-top storage jars<br />

● muslin/paper towels<br />

● alcohol (70% ethanol) and/or formalin<br />

Recording<br />

i) Confirm the identity of the species and give the animal a field number.<br />

Unless these are supplied by your institution, it will be most convenient if you<br />

use a series of numbers that is preceded by your initials (e.g. CAM 305). Enter<br />

this on the data sheet (Form 4.2) and, if you are not using pre-numbered label<br />

tags, on a tag. Aspecimen without a label indicating the date, place of collection,<br />

and collector, has little value.<br />

ii) It is critically important to use label paper that will withstand field and<br />

storage conditions. If the specimen will be prepared as a study skin, standard<br />

dry label tags are available. If it is to be preserved in fluid (formalin or alcohol)<br />

then special water-resistant paper must be used for the labels. Furthermore, it<br />

is critical to use either a hard pencil or waterproof ink (use either Indian or<br />

Pigma felt-tip pen) on the label. If ink is used, make certain that it will not dissolve<br />

in the fixative. Be certain that it is completely dry before immersing it in<br />

liquid. It may be necessary to dip the label in fluid first, and then dry it before<br />

immersing the specimen.<br />

iii) Examine whether the animal is male or female (if possible), try to<br />

assess age (e.g. infant, juvenile, subadult, adult, old) from size and/or tooth<br />

61


wear, and note other features such as: pregnant or lactating females; breeding<br />

condition (i.e. is the vagina perforated); colour and markings (such as stripes<br />

and spots, including variations); presence of wounds on ears, tail, and elsewhere;<br />

dental formula; mammary formula; and parasitic infections (collect specimens<br />

if required); etc.<br />

iv) Take standard length measurements in millimetres: Head and Body<br />

(HB); Total Length (TL); Tail Vertebrae (TV), Ear (E) and Hindfoot (HF) (see<br />

Fig. 4.6). The hindfoot measurement usually includes the claw, i.e. HF/cu (cum<br />

unguis) but a few workers measure the hindfoot excluding the claw (sine<br />

unguis); we include the claw in our measurements. For bats, two additional<br />

measurements may be used: Length of Forearm (FA), and Length of Tragus<br />

(TR) – the latter is a prominence in front of the exterior opening of the ear.<br />

Body mass in grams (W) is measured using a spring balance of the appropriate<br />

scale. Make a note of any material that is preserved (e.g. skin, skull, blood,<br />

muscle tissue).<br />

Fig. 4.6: Measurements for small mammals<br />

Procedure<br />

Proper specimen preparation in the field is necessary to ensure that any<br />

mammal that dies, either as part of the process of collection for voucher specimens<br />

or incidentally by injury in a trap, being eaten by safari ants, or rotting in<br />

hot temperatures, is preserved, labelled and the data used. Aspecimen is of<br />

little value without a good label, so it is critically important to prepare your<br />

specimens carefully and label them well.<br />

Wet specimens<br />

i) If the specimen is to be prepared as a fluid specimen (i.e. fixed in<br />

formalin and later stored in alcohol) then a small numbered tag is usually tied<br />

on the left hind foot.<br />

62


ii) After the measurements have been taken and the number tag<br />

attached, the body cavity is cut open using scissors or a scalpel; this allows the<br />

fixative to enter the body cavity and gut as quickly as possible. If the animal<br />

has a very full stomach, it may be necessary to inject formalin or alcohol into<br />

muscle masses and into the stomach and/or intestine. Ideally, this is the time to<br />

carefully examine the reproductive tracts of females and record the condition of<br />

the ovaries and uterus, number of foetuses, and uterine scars.<br />

iii) Because the skull is so critical to the identification of many small<br />

mammals, some workers at this stage remove the skull from the carcass and<br />

store it in 70% ethyl alcohol. The skull should be tagged with a small label<br />

bearing the same number assigned to the animal, and kept with other such<br />

skulls. Later, when dermestid beetles are used to clean the skull, they will happily<br />

devour the skin and muscle off such a specimen. Such is not the case for<br />

material preserved in formalin, which the beetles do not seem to like the taste of!<br />

iv) Information on what animals have been eating can be obtained from<br />

the stomach contents, and other parts of the intestine or the faeces. The stomach<br />

contents should be analysed one by one, and proportions of volume attributed<br />

to different seasons (e.g. 50% seeds; 20% insects; 30% plant fibres).<br />

v) Wrap specimens in muslin or paper towels before putting them into<br />

the storage jars to reduce the risk of damage during transport. Make sure that<br />

the preserving fluid is topped up and of sufficient strength; it is necessary to<br />

have a large volume compared to that of specimens.<br />

vi) If there is an opportunity to send tissue samples to laboratories for<br />

genetic and cellular analysis, then the laboratory will give clear instructions<br />

about how to prepare the samples.<br />

Dry specimens<br />

i) Small mammal skin preparation is a standard procedure, and involves<br />

removing muscles and other tissues which are likely to rot, and stuffing the<br />

body with material (such as dry cotton wool) so that the body retains a normal<br />

shape.<br />

ii) Skins need to be pinned out and dry on both sides, but they should<br />

not be smoked (this will affect both skins and labels). Cover with cheesecloth to<br />

keep flies from laying their eggs on the skins. Beware of potential predators,<br />

such as insects, dormice, and other rodents, as well as birds of prey such as<br />

kites and ravens; the latter have even been known to remove covers of tins,<br />

etc. to get at specimens! Once skins have been dried (if they are sufficiently<br />

dry, the skin will crinkle and the ears will be stiff) then they can be packed for<br />

transport.<br />

63


iii) Drying skins in forest conditions is very difficult as they are liable to<br />

insect attack and rot very quickly. If wet specimens cannot be prepared, then<br />

construct a drying oven using hurricane lamps and metal tins or buckets. This<br />

will ensure that specimens are quickly dried, but care must be taken not to char<br />

or smoke the skins. They can then be packed into plastic bags to prevent them<br />

absorbing the damp, along with some naphthalene crystals (mothballs) to<br />

reduce risks of insect attack.<br />

iv) It is usual to preserve some specimens of each species as skeletal;<br />

these have most of the large muscles removed, and are then dried. Or, if they<br />

are in a very wet situation, as may arise in a rain forest, the skeleton can be<br />

labelled and placed in 70% alcohol.<br />

4.5 Health and safety<br />

The close proximity of surveyors to small mammals during trapping work<br />

means that care has to be taken to avoid the spread of infection or diseases.<br />

Rabies is a risk in Africa, and there are probably many arboviruses (arthropodborne<br />

viruses) that might potentially be found in small mammals and their<br />

ectoparasites. Plague, a bacterial disease transmitted by fleas, is endemic in<br />

parts of Africa.<br />

For these reasons, field workers should take care to avoid being bitten<br />

by small mammals, and, if surveyors are bitten or scratched, lacerations should<br />

be treated immediately with antiseptic and bandages. Even with dead animals,<br />

care needs to be taken not to get scratches during specimen processing.<br />

Always wear a face or surgical mask and protective gloves when collecting<br />

trapped animals and preparing specimens (to avoid being bitten by any<br />

ectoparasites, such as fleas, ticks and lice), or when doing carnivore scat<br />

analysis (for indirect evidence of occurrence).<br />

4.6 Conclusions<br />

There is a wealth of methods that can be used, and adapted, in order to<br />

survey small mammals. All require capturing the subjects of a survey, so a<br />

combination of methods should be selected to ensure that those mammals that<br />

avoid one method are captured with another.<br />

64


4.7 References<br />

Barlow, K. (1999). Expedition Field Techniques: Bats. Royal Geographical Society, London, UK.<br />

Barnett, A. (1992). Expedition Field Techniques: Small Mammals (excluding Bats). Royal<br />

Geographical Society, London, UK.<br />

Corbet, G.B. & Hill, J.E. (1991). A World List of Mammalian Species. 3rd edn. Oxford University<br />

Press, Oxford, UK.<br />

Delany, M.J. (1986). Ecology of small rodents in Africa. Mammal Rev. 16: 1–41.<br />

Ferreira, S.M. & van Aarde, R.J. (2000). Maintaining diversity through intermediate disturbances:<br />

evidence from rodents colonising rehabilitating coastal dunes. Afr. J. Ecol. 38(4): 286–294.<br />

Fitzgibbon, C.D. and Rathburn, G.B (1994). Surveying Rhynhocyon Elephant-Shrews in tropical<br />

forest. Afr. J. Ecol. 32(1): 50–57.<br />

Ferreira, S.M. & van Aarde, R.J. (1997). The chronosequence of rehabilitating stands of coastal<br />

dune forests: Do small mammals confirm it? S. Afr. J. Sci. 93(5): 211–214.<br />

Francis, C.M. (1989). Comparison of mist nets and two designs of harp traps for capturing bats. J.<br />

Mammal. 70: 865–870.<br />

Happold, D.C.D. (1987). The Mammals of Nigeria. Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK.<br />

Hilton-Taylor, C. (compiler) (2000). 2000 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. (Including CD-<br />

ROM). IUCN, Gland and Cambridge.<br />

Hutson, A.M., Mickleburgh, S.P. & Racey, P.A. (Eds.) (2001). Microchiropteran Bats: Global Status<br />

Survey and Conservation Action Plan. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Kingdon, J. (1974). East <strong>African</strong> Mammals: An Atlas of Evolution in Africa. (Vols 2A& 2B).<br />

Academic Press, London, UK.<br />

Kingdon, J. (1997). The Kingdon Field Guide to <strong>African</strong> Mammals. Academic Press, London, UK.<br />

Kunz, T.H. (1988). Ecological and Behavioural Methods for the Study of Bats. Smithsonian<br />

Institution Press, Washington, USA.<br />

Kunz, T.H., Tideman, C.R. & Richards, G.C. (1996). Capturing mammals: small volant mammals.<br />

In: Measuring and Monitoring <strong>Biodiversity</strong>: Standard Methods for Mammals, pp 123–146. (Ed. by<br />

D.E. Wilson, F.R. Cole, J.D. Nichols, R. Rudran, & M.S. Foster). Smithsonian Institution Press,<br />

Washington, USA.<br />

Lidicker, W.Z. (1989). Rodents: A World Survey of Species of Conservation Concern. IUCN SSC<br />

Occasional Paper no. 4. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Malcolm, J.R. & Ray, J.C. (2000). Influence of timber extraction routes on central <strong>African</strong> small<br />

mammal communities, forest structure, and tree diversity. Cons. Biol. 14: 1623–1638.<br />

Mickleburg, S., Hutson, A.M. & Racey, P.A. (Eds.) (1992). Old World Fruit Bats: An Action Plan for<br />

their Conservation. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Nicoll, M.E. & Rathbun, G.B. (1990). <strong>African</strong> Insectivores and Elephant-shrews: An Action Plan for<br />

their Conservation. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

65


Nowak, R.M. (1999). Walkers Mammals of the World. 6th edn. John Hopkins University Press,<br />

Baltimore.<br />

Pollock, K.H., Nichols, J.D., Brownie, C. & Hines, J.E. (1990). Statistical inference for capturerecapture<br />

experiments. Wildl. Monogr. 107: 1–97.<br />

Ray, J.C. & Hutterer, R. (1996). Structure of a shrew community in Central <strong>African</strong> Republic based<br />

on the analysis of carnivore scats, with the description of a new Sylvisorex (Mammalia: Soricidae).<br />

Ecotropica 1: 85–97.<br />

Rosevear, D.R. (1965). The Bats of West Africa. British Museum (Natural History), London, UK.<br />

Rosevear, D.R. (1969). The Rodents of West Africa. British Museum (Natural History), London, UK.<br />

Schlitter, D.A. (1989). <strong>African</strong> rodents of special concern: a preliminary assessment. In: Rodents: A<br />

World Survey of Species of Conservation Concern. (Ed. by W.Z. Lidicker). IUCN SSC Occasional<br />

paper No. 4. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

White, F. (1983). The Vegetation of Africa. UNESCO, Paris, France.<br />

Wilson, D.E. & Reeder, D.M. (eds). (1993). Mammal Species of the World: A Taxonomic and<br />

Geographic Reference. 2nd Edition. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, USA.<br />

Wilson, D.E., Cole, F.R., Nichols, J.D., Rudran, R. & Foster, M.S. (Eds.) (1996). Measuring and<br />

Monitoring Biological Diversity: Standard Methods for Mammals. Smithsonian Institution Press,<br />

Washington, USA.<br />

66


Form 4.1: Small Mammal Catch Records (instructions see p52)<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Other:<br />

Trap line Trap type Micro- Water Topography Species & Other<br />

& no. & bait habitat association specimen<br />

sheet ref.<br />

67


Form 4.2: Specimen Records: bats, rodents and insectivores<br />

Specimen sheet ref: Field sheet ref:<br />

Collector: Date: Time:<br />

(dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Collecting site: Altitude:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: Slope:<br />

Additional notes:<br />

Species: Field no.: Sex (if known): Age:<br />

Pregnant/lactating: Embryos: Breeding condition:<br />

Colour/markings: Wounds:<br />

Dental formulae: Mammary formulae:<br />

Ectoparasites: Endoparasites:<br />

Measurements: Bats: FATR<br />

mm mm<br />

HB TL TV E HF W<br />

mm mm mm mm mm g<br />

Material Preserved:<br />

Skin Skull Skeleton Stomach Faeces Blood Liver Kidneys<br />

Stomach contents:<br />

Component: Percentage:<br />

Remarks/Other<br />

68


zebra duiker (Cephalophus zebra)<br />

5. Large and medium mammals<br />

Helen Newing, Glyn Davies and Matthew Linkie<br />

5.1 Biology<br />

This chapter will concentrate on the ungulates and the carnivores. Some<br />

species are sufficiently abundant in <strong>African</strong> forests to allow direct counting of<br />

animals to estimate popuation sizes, but many others are rarely seen, and<br />

therefore surveys rely on signs to assess their presence and gain a rough<br />

index of their abundance. The signs include conspicuous footprints in soft<br />

ground; large or persistent dung piles; diggings, and broken or trampled vegetation.<br />

This applies to many of the larger ungulates (see below), carnivores,<br />

pygmy hippo (Hexaprotodon liberiensis), and the pangolins or scaly anteaters,<br />

which live in burrows or tree-holes and feed on ants and termites.<br />

Ungulates (Orders Proboscidea, Perissodactyla, and<br />

Artiodactyla)<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> ungulates (mammals which walk on the tips of their toes) fall into<br />

two distinct size-groups. The small-bodied species (5-70kg) include duikers,<br />

chevrotain and bushbuck, which live in well-defined, stable home ranges.<br />

Larger species (>100kg) such as bushpig, giant forest hog, bongo, okapi, buffalo,<br />

rhinoceros and elephant are often wide-ranging or even migratory. In general,<br />

ungulates have a keen sense of hearing and smell, but their eyesight is<br />

relatively poor.<br />

Duikers are the most commonly seen terrestrial mammals in many<br />

<strong>African</strong> forests, although daytime sightings all too often consist of a quick<br />

69


movement and rustle in the bushes before you hear a whistle as they bound<br />

away. Indeed, their shy and reclusive habit is one of the reasons why they are<br />

so poorly studied. For many years they were thought to be a homogeneous<br />

group of solitary, nocturnal, monogamous fruit-eaters, but research since the<br />

1980s has revealed that they vary considerably in ecological characteristics<br />

(Dubost, 1984; Feer, 1989). They have a varied vegetable diet including leafy<br />

browse as well as seeds and fruits that fall to the forest floor. Some species<br />

such as the blue duiker (Philantomba monticola) and the related Maxwell’s<br />

duiker (P. maxwelli) are active during the day. Others such as the bay duiker<br />

(Cephalophus dorsalis) are nocturnal, and the larger species (yellow-backed<br />

duiker, C. sylvicultor; Abbott’s duiker, C. spadix and Jentink’s duiker, C. jentinki)<br />

are active both by day and by night. Some species are solitary, some live in<br />

pairs, and others have been recorded occasionally in groups with one adult<br />

male and a number of adult females (e.g. Maxwell’s duiker: Newing, 1994;<br />

Peter’s duiker, C. callipygus: Feer, 1989). All appear to have territories that are<br />

marked with dung piles and musk from scent glands.<br />

Large-bodied species such as suids (pigs), bongos, okapis, buffaloes,<br />

elephants and rhinos have lower population densities than duikers. They may<br />

also engage in seasonal migrations. Surveys of these species are therefore<br />

based mainly on sign rather than direct sightings, as explained above.<br />

Carnivores (Order Carnivora)<br />

All carnivores range widely relative to their body size – the larger the<br />

species the further they range – and they live at low population densities compared<br />

with the herbivorous mammals on which they prey. <strong>African</strong> forest carnivores<br />

range in size from the mongooses (300g to 5kg), genets and linsangs<br />

(500g to 3kg), otters, and the <strong>African</strong> palm civet (3kg) to the civet (c. 15kg),<br />

golden cat (c. 15kg) and leopard (c. 60–90 kg). Some open forest formations in<br />

East Africa are also home to striped hyenas (c. 40kg). All carnivores have good<br />

senses of smell, hearing and sight and are seldom seen as a result. Population<br />

surveys of smaller species depend on trapping animals using fish and meat<br />

baits (see previous chapter), whereas survey methods for larger cats include<br />

recording pug-marks (tracks), scats, scrapes and kills, and the use of<br />

photo-traps.<br />

5.2 Management issues<br />

There are a number of important management reasons to survey larger<br />

mammals. From a conservation perspective, it is important to know how many<br />

animals are in different areas so that management plans can take account of<br />

migration routes and important locations for food or for refuge, as well as<br />

70


identifying areas with concentrations of animals that have potential for ecotourism.<br />

Where animal populations are harvested, the effects of harvesting<br />

need to be monitored to ensure that harvesting is sustainable. Furthermore<br />

there are often conflicts between large terrestrial mammals and humans.<br />

Solutions to all of these management issues need to be guided by information<br />

from biological surveys.<br />

At a time when deforestation is accelerating across Africa, survey information<br />

is particularly important to assess and monitor the long-term effects of<br />

habitat changes. These range from complete loss of forest to minor vegetation<br />

changes due to intermittent use. <strong>Forest</strong> clearance leaves fragmented islands of<br />

forest containing small populations of ungulates that are often not viable in the<br />

long term. In contrast, selective logging can create patches of secondary vegetation<br />

that benefit a large proportion of forest ungulates that are grazers or<br />

mixed browser-frugivores (although a few species do appear truly dependent<br />

on old growth forest - Davies et al, 2001).<br />

Hunting and trapping heavily affect many forest species. Showy species,<br />

such as leopards and bongos, are hunted for their skins. <strong>Forest</strong> elephants,<br />

despite having smaller tusks than their savannah relatives, have long been<br />

hunted for ivory. Duikers have been hunted and trapped for food for centuries<br />

and are still the main source of fresh meat in many forested areas of Africa.<br />

Hunting and trapping have increased dramatically over the past few decades –<br />

partly because of rural population growth and partly because of increased trade<br />

to supply growing markets in urban centres, facilitated by improved access<br />

along logging roads. As a result, although the smaller duiker species reproduce<br />

quite quickly, their populations have been eliminated from many forest areas<br />

near large human settlements and roads (Wilkie & Finn, 1990; Muchaal &<br />

Ngandjui, 1999; Noss, 1999); larger-bodied mammals reproduce the slowest.<br />

In addition to human impacts on wildlife, large mammals can have a serious<br />

impact on humans. Elephants are major crop pests and the cause of frequent<br />

complaint from communities near forest areas. <strong>Forest</strong> pigs and buffaloes<br />

also cause problems for farmers, especially in terms of trampling and digging,<br />

and bushbucks eat vegetables in fields near villages. Leopards may prey on<br />

goats, sheep and cattle. There must be a balance between wildlife conservation<br />

and the control of animal pests, and to accomplish this we need effective<br />

monitoring of animal populations (Bell, 1984; Hill, 1998, 2000; Naughton et al.,<br />

1999).<br />

On a more positive note, large mammals are an important resource for<br />

tourism development, and forest populations of elephants, bongos, rhinos, and<br />

to a lesser extent buffaloes, can be attracted to waterholes and saltlicks near<br />

lodges for high-quality tourist viewing. However, surveys and monitoring are<br />

important to assess impacts of tourism on wildlife. A concentration of large<br />

71


herbivores at waterholes can cause serious damage to the surrounding vegetation.<br />

Tourist trails can affect animal distributions in different ways – large<br />

animals, such as elephants and pygmy hippos will actually use these trails,<br />

because, like people, they find it easier than pushing their way through the<br />

undergrowth, but heavy tourist use and inappropriate behaviour by tourists (or<br />

by survey teams) may frighten animals away from the area. Conversely,<br />

species that are hunted may congregate in areas where there are tourists,<br />

because hunters are less likely to come there.<br />

5.3 Methods<br />

General<br />

Mammal surveys can provide three levels of data for managers. At the<br />

most basic level they can determine the presence or absence of different<br />

species at different sites in order to build up distribution maps. Information from<br />

such distribution surveys (see section 6.3.1) is most valuable for rare or endangered<br />

species or for species that can be used as indicators of forest condition.<br />

At the next level of detail, simple sampling can be used to determine the relative<br />

abundance of a species at different sites, or at a single site over time. At<br />

the third and final level, much more rigorous sampling, more extensive data<br />

collection, and thus use of robust statistical analyses makes it possible in some<br />

cases to arrive at a quantitative population density estimate.<br />

Surveys of terrestrial forest mammals are hampered because many animal<br />

species are shy and secretive, hiding in the undergrowth. However, several<br />

successful survey methods have been developed to overcome this problem for<br />

some groups. They can be divided into direct methods, which are based on<br />

sightings of the animals, and indirect methods, which are based on counting<br />

their signs. The rest of this chapter describes the various methods and<br />

indicates the strengths and weaknesses of each of them.<br />

Seasonal variations in climate can result in dramatic changes in animal<br />

behaviour, in visibility (according to density of undergrowth), and in the length<br />

of time that tracks and signs remain visible. Therefore basic surveys to determine<br />

presence or absence of species require short visits in different seasons,<br />

but any comparative studies should be in the same season.<br />

Identification<br />

A number of excellent field guides are available for identifying the larger<br />

mammals of Africa. Dorst & Dandelot (1983), Haltenorth & Diller (1984) and<br />

Kingdon (1997) all provide detailed information on identification, distribution<br />

and ecology. Other useful guides include Stuart & Stuart (1995, 1997) and<br />

72


Estes (1991). Although not a field guide, Rosevear (1974) is a useful reference<br />

for identifying West <strong>African</strong> forest carnivores.<br />

5.3.1 Hunters’ calls, attractants<br />

and observation points<br />

Hunters traditionally use a variety of snorts, calls and whistles to attract<br />

different species of animals. The best example is the nasal bleat used to attract<br />

duikers, and researchers have used hunters’ calls to check for the presence of<br />

different duiker species (e.g. Wilson, 1990). The results can be impressive:<br />

within a few minutes animals will often come running to within a few metres of<br />

the caller. This technique is most successful if experienced hunters are<br />

employed to do the calling, and they should not be accompanied by more than<br />

two surveyors. Calls should be made at distances of not less than 250m from<br />

each other. The surveyors should position themselves in an inconspicuous<br />

place, such as between the roots of a tree buttress, and remain still and quiet<br />

while the hunter calls.<br />

Other attractants include natural or artificial salt licks for herbivores and<br />

meat or scent stations for carnivores (see Blum & Escherich, 1979, for the latter).<br />

It may take a few weeks for animals to find a newly-sited attractant, so<br />

they are not suitable for quick, one-off surveys.<br />

Equipment<br />

● camouflage-netting and string<br />

● machete, for construction of temporary hide<br />

Site selection<br />

Strategic observation points include: natural salt-licks, waterholes and<br />

wallows, heavily fruiting trees, tree-fall gaps with a flush of new foliage, forest<br />

glades, logging roads, and areas with regular signs of tracks.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) A simple hide can be built either with camouflage-netting hung<br />

between trees or buttress roots, or by cutting the fronds of a palm tree to form<br />

a see-through wall. In protected areas, check to make sure this is not prohibited.<br />

The hide should be located downwind of the observation site. Make sure<br />

there is a comfortable sitting place so that you don’t fidget. Alternatively, rather<br />

than build a hide, one can sit on a low branch in a tree or on a ridge or rocky<br />

outcrop overlooking the forest floor below – few terrestrial mammals notice<br />

stationary objects above their heads.<br />

73


ii) Once a hide has been constructed it should be left for at least a day<br />

before being used, so that animals become accustomed to it.<br />

iii) The best time to start watches for most species is just before dawn<br />

(so that you are settled down before the first light) or a couple of hours before<br />

dusk. Approach the hide quietly from the opposite direction to the observation<br />

site. Settle in a comfortable position so that you can keep still (use mosquito<br />

repellent!).<br />

iv) It is sometimes helpful to visit the ‘observation area’ to look on the<br />

ground for footprints and other signs (hairs, dung, spoor, etc.), especially if<br />

watches are not producing many sightings. This can be done in the midday<br />

hours so that dawn and dusk watches are not disrupted.<br />

v) A reasonable length of time for a first watch at a site is two to three<br />

hours. Leave the hide quietly, and in the opposite direction from the observation<br />

area.<br />

Recording<br />

i) Fill in the survey data in the top section of the recording sheet (Form<br />

5.1) before commencing the observation period. Give each survey site a name,<br />

and give observation points within each site numbers or codes (e.g. Survey<br />

site: Gouleako; observation point 3). Record the type of vegetation, the degree<br />

of human disturbance (which you may know from archival information or from<br />

direct observation), and any special features that may be relevant (e.g. riverine<br />

forest, mature lightly-logged, many-fruiting figs). Include altitude if you are<br />

working across an altitudinal gradient.<br />

ii) When one or more mammals are seen, note the time and watch quietly<br />

for a few minutes, even if you can identify the species immediately. If they<br />

remain at the site, begin to fill in the recording sheet (Form 5.1) very quietly<br />

noting the time at the start of the observation, the species and the total number<br />

of animals. Additional observations include the number of males, females and<br />

young animals, if known, and their behaviour. Make a note of any food eaten,<br />

and take a sample if necessary. If you cannot identify the animal species, write<br />

a detailed description in your notebook including an estimate of height, the<br />

shape (especially of the head and muzzle), horns (if present) and the coat pattern.<br />

Make a sketch of it.<br />

iii) Remember to note down the time at which the animals leave. When<br />

they have gone you can expand your observation notes and consult a mammal<br />

field guide to check any species identifications you’re not sure about. Also<br />

check the observation area for footprints, hairs, fallen fruits, etc.<br />

74


Advantages/limitations<br />

This is a time-consuming method, and should be undertaken only at<br />

sites where there is evidence that animals are frequent visitors. Some skill is<br />

needed in identifying suitable sites, and consulting local hunters and others<br />

knowledgeable about local wildlife can save much time and effort. Within these<br />

limitations, successful watches are a valuable and rewarding way to record the<br />

presence of different species, to study behaviour, and to determine whether<br />

sites hold any potential for regular viewing by tourists.<br />

There are several potential negative impacts of longer-term feeding<br />

sites. Animals may come to rely on being provisioned at the site, or they may<br />

be placed in acute competition for the food at the feeding site. Alternatively,<br />

hunters may learn of the site.<br />

5.3.2 Net drives<br />

Net drives are used both for traditional hunting, for example in the<br />

Central <strong>African</strong> Republic (Noss, 1999) and Zanzibar Island (Archer, 1994); and<br />

also by researchers to catch small deer and antelope (e.g. Bowland, 1990;<br />

Newing, 1994).<br />

There are inherent biases in the use of this method for determining population<br />

abundance. For example, radio-tracking has confirmed that Maxwell’s<br />

duikers and red duikers sometimes move away from the nets or drivers before<br />

they are observed (Bowland, 1990; Newing, 1994). Some duikers, especially<br />

infants, will be missed because they freeze in thickets and are not flushed out<br />

of their resting places. Nonetheless, net drives are sometimes the best option<br />

to survey secretive ungulates, especially where thick vegetation makes direct<br />

sightings difficult. The biases probably differ for different species, but can be<br />

assumed to cause an underestimate.<br />

Net drives can also be extremely noisy and disruptive, and there has<br />

been some concern about impacts on resident animal populations. However,<br />

evidence from radio-tracked animals has shown that they quickly return to their<br />

territories and resume their usual activities once the drivers have departed.<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

● tape measure<br />

● hunting nets (e.g. 50m x 2m; mesh 25–50mm; dark-coloured, elastic,<br />

ideally with a breaking strain of at least 100 kg)<br />

● 60cm lengths of strong nylon cord attached to top of nets at intervals<br />

of about 4m<br />

● machetes<br />

75


● large team (minimum of ten) of drivers/field assistants (with or without<br />

hunting dogs)<br />

Site selection<br />

Within a survey site the region is stratified as described for transect surveys<br />

(see below) and sample units are selected to cover the full breadth and<br />

range of habitats.<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

i) If experienced hunters are taking part in the survey, it is best to follow<br />

their normal method (see Noss, 1999), since it is likely that they are successful<br />

at finding animals. Hunters usually enclose a large area (typically 4–5ha) with<br />

nets linked together.<br />

ii) Where hunters are not involved the procedure will vary according to<br />

the thickness of vegetation, the amount of netting available, and the numbers<br />

and knowledge of field assistants/drivers. Each drive usually covers 0.5–1.0ha.<br />

If the forest is quite easy to walk through and visibility is good, it may be sufficient<br />

to set up a single net-line immediately before the drive takes place, on<br />

one side of the block to be searched. Where vegetation is very thick, a grid of<br />

trails (50m x 50m) should be cleared a few days before the drive takes place.<br />

This will allow the nets to be erected quickly and quietly and provide a sighting<br />

line for the monitors. In thick vegetation, it is advisable to net at least three<br />

sides of the drive area to make sure animals don’t escape unobserved. The<br />

more nets used, the greater the time needed per drive, but the smaller the<br />

number of people needed to monitor the edges of the block.<br />

iii) At the beginning of the drive, the field surveyors should surround the<br />

block to be surveyed as quietly as possible. The 2m-high x 50m-long nets<br />

should be erected by tying the nylon cords to trees at a height of 1.5–2 m,<br />

leaving enough slack on the ground to stop animals diving underneath. Once<br />

the nets are up, people should be stationed around the net, spaced at intervals<br />

to allow them to catch and release animals that are netted, or to record animals<br />

driven out of the small survey area if one or more sides are not netted. This will<br />

be a distance of between 15 - 30m, depending on the thickness of vegetation<br />

(they usually need to be much closer together on the open sides). These people<br />

are the monitors.<br />

iv) The rest of the assistants form a line at one end of the block; these<br />

are the beaters. Once the nets are set up, the beaters enter the area and noisily<br />

dislodge animals from their hiding places by shouting and banging trees,<br />

bushes and fallen logs with sticks. Dogs may also be used for this purpose, but<br />

they must be kept under strict control at all times.<br />

76


v) Some animals typically try to break back through the beaters, and so<br />

beaters should be positioned closer together than the monitors (10–15m apart).<br />

The more people involved, the larger the area that can be included in a single<br />

drive. Depending on team size and conditions, each drive (including setting up<br />

nets) can take anything from 30 minutes to two hours.<br />

vi) Whenever an animal is detected the species and, if possible, age and<br />

sex should be noted. The sighting is called out to the neighbouring monitors to<br />

avoid animals being counted more than once. Any animals that are caught<br />

should be restrained and examined, noting age/sex and condition. Specimens<br />

may also, under certain circumstances, be collected (see section 4.4).<br />

vii) At the end of the drive, the team comes together to compare observations<br />

and confirm the total number of animals of each species they have<br />

seen. Basic information on the survey site, vegetation, weather and time of<br />

drive should also be noted; Form 5.1 can be used, omitting the first and last<br />

columns.<br />

Data analysis<br />

The population density is computed as the number of duikers counted<br />

divided by the area of forest sampled during the drives. During fieldwork, the<br />

cumulative density can be estimated at the end of each day of drives (by summing<br />

results from all previous drives), and a graph drawn to get an idea of<br />

when the density estimate stabilises and sample size is sufficient.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Net drives are only feasible if a large labour force can be organised and<br />

transported for a few days to the survey sites. If this is possible, the method<br />

gives a large number of direct sightings and offers one of the most accurate<br />

ways of getting population information for management purposes. In areas of<br />

thick, secondary vegetation, it is sometimes the only option for surveys of terrestrial<br />

mammals.<br />

5.3.3 Survey walks: transects<br />

To survey a larger area with relatively small survey teams (two or three<br />

surveyors) the only realistic option is to carry out survey walks through the<br />

area. Survey walks can be for reconnaissance surveys, gathering information<br />

over wide areas in a short time, or a more detailed evaluation of population<br />

density in a particular area with carefully positioned transects. Whether surveys<br />

are rapid or carefully controlled, all records of animals and their signs are<br />

recorded, but methods can focus on obtaining direct observations of animals<br />

(page 80) or counting signs (footprints and dung - page 82).<br />

77


To carry out transect surveys, new transects should be cut that are carefully<br />

located in order to sample different vegetation types and levels of human<br />

disturbance in proportion to their estimated occurrence in the study area. The<br />

perpendicular distance of each animal or group of animals (or each dung pile<br />

or group of piles) from the centre of the transect is measured, so that an estimate<br />

of population density (or dung density) can be made. For population estimates,<br />

a minimum of 40 sightings per species in each habitat is necessary, and<br />

ideally over 100 sightings should be used (Plumptre, 2000). Therefore, transect<br />

surveys can only generate population estimates for species that are seen relatively<br />

often. In practice, sightings of all species are recorded, and different techniques<br />

are used to analyse data for each species, depending on the amount of<br />

information gathered.<br />

The procedure for reconnaissance surveys is similar to that described<br />

below for transect surveys, but with two major differences – firstly in the sampling,<br />

and secondly in the lack of recording of perpendicular distances from the<br />

transect. Reconnaissance surveys differ from transect surveys in that they ‘follow<br />

the line of least resistance’ through the vegetation in order to cover as<br />

much ground as possible. They may use existing human or animal paths, follow<br />

streambeds or concentrate in areas of sparse undergrowth where it is possible<br />

to walk in a straight line without clearing vegetation (Walsh and White,<br />

1999). They consist simply of recording all encounters with animals and sign<br />

for a given distance walked. Vegetation types and levels of human disturbance<br />

can be recorded during an initial reconnaissance survey.<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

To set up transects<br />

● 30m tape-measure or topofil (hip-chain)<br />

● fluorescent vinyl flagging tape & marker pens<br />

● two machetes<br />

● team of four or more people (including two or more line-cutters)<br />

● maps, GPS, altimeter and clinometer if you are also undertaking<br />

mapping<br />

To carry out transect surveys and reconnaissance surveys<br />

● one or, at most, two people<br />

● optional: optical range finder or survey laser binoculars<br />

78


Site selection<br />

i) As a general rule, transects should cover the main habitats present in<br />

the same proportions as they occur in the study area. For studies in undisturbed<br />

forest, this is usually done by using the bottom of the valley as the main<br />

axis and cutting transects perpendicular to it. For surveys of very large areas, a<br />

series of baselines can be cut parallel to the valley bottom – for example, at<br />

intervals of 5, 10 or 50km – and transects can be cut perpendicular to each<br />

baseline. Transects should be a minimum of 2km apart (preferably more), and<br />

should not cross each other. (See White & Edwards, 2000, Chapter 3, for further<br />

discussion of stratified sampling).<br />

ii) Surveys that aim to determine the abundance of animal populations at<br />

the regional level must usually include areas with different levels of human<br />

activity and habitat disturbance (farmbush, secondary forest, logged forest,<br />

undisturbed forest). If disturbance is likely to have a greater effect on mammal<br />

populations than watersheds (for example, where hunting or farming is very<br />

intensive), it is more appropriate to use a road as the primary axis or to balance<br />

sampling according to the distance from human settlements (e.g. Lahm et<br />

al., 1998).<br />

iii) Once the approximate survey areas are decided, transects should be<br />

positioned at least 300–500m apart and at least 500m from the base camp,<br />

because camp noises and smells often deter mammals (unless they are<br />

searching your rubbish for food!).<br />

iv) Large animals may use existing paths, so new paths should be cut for<br />

surveying in order to ensure random sampling. However, cutting paths during<br />

surveys would frighten the animals away. As a compromise, new transects can<br />

be cut a day or so before beginning the survey. If the cutting of new transects<br />

is not felt to be justified and old paths are used, it is better to use narrow trails<br />

than wide tracks.<br />

v) Using existing trails and roads is an efficient and useful way to check<br />

for the presence of species. However, using long-established trails that hunters<br />

and trappers follow, or logging tracks which have very different vegetation to<br />

the rest of the area, will seriously bias survey results and influence population<br />

estimates.<br />

Procedure — cutting transects<br />

i) Use a random number table to select a starting point and direction<br />

(left or right) from the baseline for each transect. Alternatively, select the<br />

transect direction to pass through habitats of survey interest. The choice of<br />

options will depend upon the overall aims of the study and the degree of habitat<br />

specialisation of the animals you are surveying. Each transect should be of<br />

a length that can be traversed in a single session (typically 3–5km).<br />

79


ii) Each transect should be cut perpendicular to the baseline, using a<br />

compass to keep it straight and the 30m tape or hip-chain to record the distance<br />

cut. Slight detours around obstacles such as tree-falls are acceptable as<br />

long as the original direction of the transect is maintained. If the vegetation is<br />

thick, two people should take turns at cutting. Record special features (hunters’<br />

camps, streams, etc.) as they are encountered, so that they can be mapped<br />

immediately.<br />

iii) Cut only the minimum vegetation necessary. If transects are going to<br />

be used only during the day for a period of weeks, it is necessary only to make<br />

the slightest clearance to allow movement through the area following a compass<br />

bearing (e.g. Walsh & White, 1999). If they are to be used at night, they<br />

must be visible enough so that they can be followed easily without distracting<br />

from the search for animals during night censuses. If a long-term study site is<br />

being created, trails should be cleared sufficiently so that they will need only<br />

minor maintenance.<br />

iv) Mark the distance along the transect every 50m. If transects are only<br />

going to be used for a few months, write the distances on pieces of fluorescent<br />

vinyl marker tape and tie to saplings by the side of the path. If permanent transects<br />

are being set up, paint the distances on trees, or nail numbered aluminium<br />

tags to tree trunks.<br />

v) Allow newly cleared transects to rest for at least one whole day<br />

before beginning surveys. This will let animals recover from the disturbance<br />

and return to their normal haunts and habits. This is also a good time to draw a<br />

sketch map of the transects.<br />

vi) As a precaution against opening up new areas of forest for hunters<br />

and trappers, the starting point of a transect may be disguised so as not to<br />

draw attention to the new path, or may be started 50m inside the forest (from<br />

a road or logging track). Some surveyors even cut transects with secateurs so<br />

that no path is left after them. If the transect is not going to be re-used, all distance<br />

markers should be removed at the end of the survey period.<br />

A. Surveys for direct observations of animals<br />

i) Daytime surveys should preferably be carried out in the mornings from<br />

just after dawn to about 11:00, when animals are most active. If time is short,<br />

additional afternoon censuses can be carried out between 15:00 and 17:30,<br />

after which visibility becomes very poor. Night-time surveys can be conducted<br />

at any time during the night, but 20:00 is a common start time.<br />

ii) Do not carry out surveys in the rain: it will be harder to pick up<br />

sounds, and will affect the behaviour of animals (and surveyors!). If it begins to<br />

rain, pause the survey until the dripping stops, or if it seems to be likely to<br />

continue, discontinue the survey.<br />

80


iii) Ideally, transects should be walked quietly by a single or two<br />

observers, in the daytime or at night. Walk slowly, looking from side to side for<br />

movements and listening for sounds, such as movements, calls, feeding<br />

sounds etc. Aim for an average speed of about 1km per hour, including a<br />

pause every 100m or so to stop and listen. Additional time will be taken to<br />

record data when animals are sighted. Each transect should therefore take<br />

between three and five hours.<br />

iv) Accurate distance estimation (transect - animal) is essential, and the<br />

use of an optical range finder is recommended (see also section 2.5).<br />

v) If possible, rotate observers between transect lines to cancel out idiosyncratic<br />

differences. It also makes it more interesting and gives everyone the<br />

chance to see unusual tracks and signs, which can be marked with fluorescent<br />

tape.<br />

Recording<br />

i) At the start of each transect walk, fill out the top part of the form below<br />

(Form 5.2). When one or more mammals are sighted (and often this will be of<br />

animals in flight), complete the columns in the second part of the table.<br />

ii) The perpendicular distance is taken from the position at which the animal<br />

was first detected to the nearest point on the transect, thus it may be necessary<br />

to walk along the trail to reach the correct point. It also may be necessary<br />

to approach the animals quietly in order to get a clearer sighting.<br />

Additional observations can include the number of males and females, and<br />

presence of infants, activities and behaviour, and association or interactions<br />

with other species.<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) Relative abundance: for species where sample sizes are too small to<br />

allow estimates of population density to be made, the number of animals<br />

encountered per kilometre walked gives a rough indicator of abundance.<br />

ii) Estimating population densities from line transect censuses involves<br />

complex mathematical modelling of the likelihood that animals are detected at<br />

different distances from the transect. However, these statistical analyses can<br />

be executed by the custom-made computer program DISTANCE, which is<br />

downloadable from the internet (www.ruwpa.st-and.ac.uk/distance) and should<br />

be used in conjunction with the accompanying book (Buckland et al., 1993).<br />

Analysis rests on several assumptions:<br />

● that transects are placed randomly with respect to the distribution of<br />

animals;<br />

● that all animals on the line (strip width) are always detected;<br />

81


● that animals are detected at their initial location, i.e. prior to any<br />

movement in response to the observer;<br />

● that measurements of perpendicular distances (animal-transect,<br />

observer-transect) are exact.<br />

It is rarely the case that all of these assumptions are met perfectly, which<br />

means that population estimates must be treated with some caution. For a full<br />

review of the key issues on theoretical aspects of analysis, and how to deal<br />

with discrepancies, see Buckland et al. (1993).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

The main advantage of reconnaissance surveys is that they are quick.<br />

Also, they can be carried out during routine activities such as patrolling by park<br />

guards, so lend themselves to monitoring. The main disadvantage is that samples<br />

are likely to be biased in terms of habitat and intensity of human use.<br />

However, some studies of elephant dung and gorilla nests have compared<br />

results of reconnaissance surveys and full transect surveys and have found a<br />

high level of correlation. The general rule is that recce surveys should be<br />

backed up by some formal transect surveys in order to evaluate any biases<br />

(Walsh & White, 1999; White & Edwards, 2000, Chapter 13).<br />

B. Dung counts<br />

When the survey subjects are not seen directly, or seen very rarely, then<br />

indirect survey methods are needed. This means that surveys are made for the<br />

signs left by the animals, and the population density of the animals producing<br />

the signs is estimated. Signs include faeces (e.g. pellet piles of duikers, dung<br />

piles of elephants and buffaloes, scats of cats), footprints or spoor, hairs, diggings<br />

and nests (for pigs), urine-marking sites (pygmy hippo, rhinoceros and<br />

carnivores). In this section, attention is focused on three approaches: dung<br />

counts, track counts, and photo-traps.<br />

Animal population density can, in theory, be calculated from dung density<br />

on the forest floor according to two variables:<br />

● The number of dung piles produced per animal per day (defecation<br />

rate).<br />

● The length of time the dung takes to disappear (dung-decay rate).<br />

Unfortunately these two variables are affected by several different factors, and<br />

this introduces many potential sources of error. In addition, for groups such as<br />

medium-sized duikers or small carnivores it is difficult to identify dung to<br />

species level. For example, only biochemical techniques will enable identifica-<br />

82


tion between the scats of golden cats and mongooses. Defecation rates vary<br />

with diet (e.g. White, 1995), and, in the case of big cats, with the oestrous<br />

cycle of females. Decay rates vary with the weather, microclimatic conditions,<br />

and with dung beetle activity. In Ugandan forests, for example, Nummelin<br />

(1990) showed that duiker pellets were encountered less frequently when rainfall<br />

was high prior to surveys.<br />

Any errors in estimation of decay rate and defecation rate will have a<br />

radical effect on the estimation of population density (Plumptre, 2000).<br />

Furthermore, territorial species such as duikers and carnivores use droppings<br />

to mark their territories, so distribution of dung is not random, presenting complex<br />

sampling problems. In the case of migratory or far-ranging species such<br />

as elephants, the survey area may not cover their whole range, so dung density<br />

will vary according to the passage of elephants through the survey area in<br />

the period prior to the survey.<br />

However, in spite of methodological difficulties, dung counts may be the<br />

best option available for surveys, since dung is the most frequently encountered<br />

sign of many larger forest mammals. In an effort to address the constraints,<br />

detailed techniques have been developed to use dung counts for surveying<br />

forest elephants (Barnes and Jensen, 1987), and similar methods have<br />

been used for species ranging from buffaloes to duikers. If dung density is very<br />

high, it may be possible to do away with the need to consider decay rates by<br />

surveying the same transects repeatedly and clearing them of dung after each<br />

survey. The number of piles produced for the unit area surveyed within a<br />

known time period (i.e between the two consecutive surveys) can then be<br />

recorded (Plumptre, 2000).<br />

For elephants, density estimates from dung counts have been shown to<br />

correlate well with those from other methods (Barnes, 2001). In general, however,<br />

the smaller the species the less useful the method, because decay rates<br />

are much more variable (see Plumptre & Harris, 1995, for discussion of<br />

methodological issues). For this reason, dung counts for smaller species<br />

should only be used with caution for a first indication of relative abundance.<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

● 30m tape-measure or topofil (hip-chain)<br />

● steel tape-measure (1 mm gradations)<br />

● fluorescent vinyl marker tape and marker pens to mark distances, or<br />

more permanent numbered aluminium discs, hammer and nails<br />

● team of four people<br />

83


Site selection<br />

Most aspects of site selection are the same as those for transect surveys<br />

(section 5.3.3.). However, new transects should be used for dung transects.<br />

These may be along newly cut trails or may simply be unmarked survey routes<br />

following a compass bearing.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) It is advisable for every study to begin with dung decay trials to determine<br />

the length of time dung piles remain on the forest floor (but see ii below).<br />

To do a decay rate trial, at least 50 fresh dung piles should be located and marked.<br />

For elephants, each pile should be visited once a week and its state of decay evaluated<br />

according to the categories on Form 5.3. In north-east Gabon, an average<br />

decay rate for elephant dung was calculated at 2.4% per day, with individual dung<br />

piles lasting from a few days to many weeks (Barnes & Jensen, 1987).<br />

ii) Barnes et al. (1997) showed that decay times for elephant dung are<br />

inversely related to rainfall in the month of deposition, and dung densities are<br />

affected by rainfall in the previous two months. However, this varies between<br />

different geographical areas (Nchanji & Plumptre, 2001). Therefore, unless<br />

detailed baseline studies have been done in a given country or region, further<br />

surveys are necessary to estimate decay rates and calculate dung density per<br />

elephant (see Form 5.3 notes on elephant dung decomposition states).<br />

iii) The principles and procedures for dung surveys are similar to those<br />

explained for transect surveys in the previous section (section 5.3.3).<br />

iv) During dung surveys, one person should search the ground for dung<br />

piles while the others maintain the compass route, measure the distance<br />

walked, and cut a path. The searcher should advance slowly, scanning the<br />

ground from side to side. This takes a lot of concentration, and a different<br />

member of the team should take over as searcher every 250m or so. It may be<br />

worth surveying shorter distances (subsamples of the main transect) more<br />

slowly and carefully for the pellets of smaller species (e.g. duikers), at least for<br />

presence/absence data.<br />

v) For leopards and many other carnivores, cutting a transect through<br />

the forest will yield little information, and it may be best to survey along roads<br />

and trails. Distances can be measured by routing on a GPS.<br />

Recording<br />

i) When a dung pile is detected, record the distance along the transect<br />

(with the 30m tape or hip-chain), the perpendicular distance from the centre of<br />

the transect to the centre of the dung pile (with the steel tape-measure), the<br />

state of decomposition of the boli (the individual spheres of dung), and the<br />

vegetation type at that location. See Fig. 5.1<br />

84


c 1<br />

Transect route<br />

a<br />

c 2<br />

b 1<br />

b 2<br />

ii) You can also record tracks<br />

encountered incidentally on the<br />

same sheet (Form 5.3), putting<br />

track measurements and other comments<br />

in the general observations<br />

column.<br />

Fig. 5.1: Dung counts<br />

Transect measures for pellet/pile<br />

counts. Measure the perpendicular distance<br />

from the centre of a duiker pellet<br />

pile to the transect (a). For elephants,<br />

piles may be more dispersed and need<br />

to be measured in two ways: i) pile clusters<br />

on one side of the transect should<br />

be measured to the outer (b 1) and inner<br />

(b 2) limit, these added together and then<br />

divided by two; and ii) for a dispersed<br />

pile on either side of the trail, measure<br />

the outermost perpendicular distance on<br />

either side (c 1 & c 2), then subtract these<br />

two distances and divide by two (after<br />

White & Edwards, 2000).<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) Calculating the width of the survey transect is done as for sighting<br />

transects (above), using the perpendicular distances from the trail to each pile<br />

detected (in the case of elephants, excluding E state bolus piles, Barnes &<br />

Jensen, 1987). The mathematical calculations used to assess the variable strip<br />

width are complex but can be done using the computer program DISTANCE<br />

(section 5.3.3.). If possible, a minimum of 100 dung piles should be recorded<br />

(Plumptre, 2000), and the absolute minimum for this method of analysis is<br />

generally taken to be 40.<br />

ii) The area of the transect is calculated as length multiplied by width,<br />

and the density of droppings as the number of dung piles divided by area.<br />

iii) Once dung density has been calculated, figures are required for defecation<br />

and decay rates. Unless you have been able to calculate a defecation<br />

rate, use a standard rate of 17 boli/day for elephants (based on Wing & Buss,<br />

1970). For duikers the situation is more problematic, because it is unlikely that<br />

defecation or decay rates will be transferable between different species, forests<br />

or seasons, and few have been studied (Koster & Hart, 1988).<br />

85


Short-cut method for elephant dung counts<br />

In an effort to reduce the time needed for detailed surveys, Barnes<br />

(1988) describes a short-cut method, whereby an observer follows a compass<br />

bearing without cutting a trail, and records the presence of all elephant dung<br />

piles (decomposition states A to E). At the most basic level of analysis, the proportion<br />

of 500m sections along the transect which contain dung is fitted to a<br />

calibration curve established during more thorough research efforts, and the<br />

dropping density (piles/km 2 ) read from the graph. The same data analysis procedures<br />

as described above are then used to derive population estimates. This<br />

is a very coarse-grained method of estimating densities. However, as with<br />

reconnaissance surveys, the advantage is that a great distance can be covered<br />

relatively quickly. It provides distribution data and gives some indication of the<br />

relative importance of different areas for elephants in different seasons.<br />

Fuller use has been made of field data (the recce method) in elephant<br />

surveys in Gabon. Unlike in the full method described above, distance to each<br />

dung pile was not measured, but estimates were made from the number of<br />

piles/km. This method is obviously less accurate, but it can cover about four<br />

times more ground than the full method above (with the same effort). Walsh &<br />

White (1999) suggest using both methods, and calibrating different estimates.<br />

C. Track (footprint) surveys<br />

Footprints or spoor (e.g. tracks of duikers, pug-marks of cats) give vital<br />

information on the presence of species, including those that are rare or hard to<br />

spot, and can be carried out alongside other types of survey work. However,<br />

this method is less robust than dung counts for estimates of relative abundance<br />

because track densities are affected by the type and dampness of the soil substrate,<br />

rainfall, and the movement patterns of animals through the survey area.<br />

Also, track size and shape change with the animal’s gait, the soil substrate,<br />

and the age of the track. Fresh tracks in an ideal soil type have well-defined,<br />

vertical edges, making it relatively easy to measure them accurately, but most<br />

tracks found will show some degree of spread as they fade. Edges become<br />

sloped and poorly defined, making measurements difficult.<br />

As a result of these variables, similar-sized species are hard to distinguish<br />

from their tracks. Also, young animals leave tracks that resemble those of<br />

adults from a smaller species (e.g. tracks of young red duiker resemble those<br />

of adult blue duiker). Some traditional hunters have been reported to be able to<br />

distinguish the tracks of all species (Koster & Hart, 1988), but, so far, biologists<br />

have been unable to come up with objective methods to do this, and most track<br />

surveys lump forest antelopes together into two or three size categories.<br />

Species identification is less of a problem for cats since only the leopard and<br />

the golden cat are present in forests, and they are very different in size.<br />

86


If it is possible to distinguish individual animals by their tracks, an estimate<br />

of population density can be made. Stander (1998) succeeded in doing<br />

this for leopards in a semi-arid environment, with the assistance of experienced<br />

San hunters and the advantage of being able to survey large distances from<br />

vehicles (he only found an average of one spoor each 38.1km). However, as<br />

with distinguishing ungulate species, biologists have found it very difficult to pin<br />

down an objective methodology (see also Smallwood & Fitzhugh, 1993).<br />

Equipment<br />

● ruler (marked in mm)<br />

● hand-rake<br />

● for tracing prints: sheets of acetate or glass and marker pens<br />

● for making casts of prints: plastic drinking straws, talcum powder,<br />

plaster of Paris powder, mixing container, stirrer, paper casting frames,<br />

water, scalpel/sharp knife, and fine brush. Vinegar can also be used to<br />

make casts set faster<br />

Site selection<br />

Site selection can be:<br />

i) Opportunistic – wherever tracks are seen.<br />

ii) Strategic – search any area where there is a damp, soft or sandy<br />

damp substrate which will take an impression of a light footprint. Ideal places<br />

include damp, sandy or dusty areas on roads and paths and sandy stream<br />

beds (in the dry season) or river banks.<br />

iii) Systematic – set up track stations at regular intervals (e.g. every<br />

50–100m) along a transect. Clear all leaves and debris and rake the ground so<br />

that it is smooth and soft enough to take animal footprints (e.g. Wilkie & Finn,<br />

1990).<br />

Procedure and Recording<br />

Site features and track details for different species/mammal groups<br />

should be recorded on Form 5.4 (see White & Edwards, 2000, Chapter 10, for<br />

more detail). These measurements should be taken for up to three footprints of<br />

the same animal if possible. If unsure of the mammal group, make a sketch<br />

indicating scale and dimensions measured. Tracing onto acetate or glass<br />

sheets makes identification of individual cats from pug-marks easier (Panwar,<br />

1979).<br />

87


Identification<br />

There are very few field guides that give details of footprint size and<br />

dimensions for larger terrestrial mammals. Walker (1991) is a noteworthy<br />

exception, but covers mostly savannah mammals. Stuart & Stuart (1995, 1997)<br />

may be helpful for people working in East Africa, while the books by<br />

Liebenberg (2000), although restricted to southern Africa, may prove useful to<br />

anyone trying to master the art of identifying mammal or other spoor.<br />

Fig 5.2: Footprints<br />

bottom: leopard & blue duiker, top: bushbuck<br />

& civet.<br />

Table 5.1: Footprint lengths of species in West<br />

<strong>African</strong> forests<br />

Max length (mm) Species<br />

88<br />

The basic footprint measurements<br />

(in mm) are length<br />

and width – as shown on the<br />

figures. For carnivores, length<br />

of pad and claws should be distinguished,<br />

and for larger carnivores<br />

the length and width of<br />

the large heel should be measured<br />

(note if claws included).<br />

Length and width of toes can<br />

also be taken.<br />

Where possible, tracks of<br />

captive animals should be measured<br />

(e.g. in zoos) to get a<br />

clear idea of footprint shapes<br />

and sizes. One study of<br />

antelopes in the West <strong>African</strong><br />

80–100 Bongo<br />

50–75 Large duikers<br />

(yellow-backed, Jentink’s, Abbot’s)<br />

18–45 Bushbuck (30–45mm), medium/small,<br />

duikers, chevrotain<br />

Below 18 Dwarf antelopes (Neotragus spp.)


forest zone (Newing, 1990), distinguished four, clear footprint size classes<br />

(Table 5.1). In addition to the species listed below, tracks of the sitatunga are<br />

distinctive because of their very long, splayed hooves.<br />

Taking permanent records of tracks<br />

When unusual tracks are found and cannot be identified immediately, it<br />

is worth taking a record for identification back at base camp for future work.<br />

This can consist of a photograph, a tracing of a footprint, and/or a plaster of<br />

Paris cast.<br />

The first step is to carefully clear any obvious debris obscuring the outline<br />

of the print with tweezers, making sure the edges of the print are not<br />

altered.<br />

Photographing prints:<br />

i) Place a ruler next to the print for reference and photograph.<br />

ii) Record the film exposure number, species name, collection date,<br />

location, identification number and collector’s name in a notebook.<br />

Tracing prints:<br />

i) Place a glass plate over the print, ensuring the plate is flat, which<br />

can be done using adjustable screws as legs in the four corners of<br />

the plate.<br />

ii) Trace the print outline, paying particular attention to its definition.<br />

iii) Record the species name, collection date, location, identification<br />

number and collector’s name, either on the corner of the plate or in<br />

a notebook if the print is then to be traced onto paper.<br />

Casting Prints (in addition to photographs):<br />

i) Using the straw, blow talcum powder over the print to prevent soil<br />

particles from sticking to the cast.<br />

ii) Place a casting frame around the print (e.g. paper, cardboard, stiff<br />

plastic).<br />

iii) Prepare the plaster of Paris – add water to the powder stirring continuously<br />

until the mixture has a pancake batter texture.<br />

iv) Slowly pour the mixture into the mould evenly, gently tapping to<br />

remove any air bubbles, which may distort the impression.<br />

v) Engrave an identification number onto the cast before it solidifies.<br />

vi) Record the species name, collection date, location, identification<br />

number and collector’s name in a notebook.<br />

vii) Leave casts to harden for approximately two hours (cover with<br />

plastic if rain is imminent).<br />

viii) Remove casting frame and trim excessive edges, leaving a 10mm<br />

border around the print.<br />

89


ix) Brush any loose debris from cast.<br />

x) Package in tissue or bubble wrap.<br />

xi) Store in a cool dry room.<br />

Data analysis<br />

For most species, analysis will be limited to presence/absence, or the<br />

number of track sets and other signs recorded for each species per kilometre<br />

walked. For large carnivores it may be possible to carry out multivariate analyses<br />

to identify individuals (e.g. Smallwood & Fitzhugh, 1993) if there are many<br />

measurements.<br />

5.3.4 Photo-recording<br />

Photo-recording is expensive and requires patience to overcome malfunctions<br />

of cameras, but it can be invaluable in recording the presence of<br />

hard-to-detect species. Setting cameras with automatic trigger mechanisms<br />

allows low-labour monitoring of natural attractions (e.g. salt licks), baited sites<br />

or commonly used thoroughfares. Camera-trapping can also be used to determine<br />

activity patterns (nocturnal, diurnal, crepuscular), reactions to disturbance<br />

(e.g. Griffiths & van Schaik, 1993), seasonal movements and breeding patterns,<br />

and social structure. If enough cameras are used, it can also provide<br />

some information on abundance. Seydack (1984) gives a good example in<br />

South <strong>African</strong> forest, and Griffiths (1994) documents successful use in rainforest<br />

conditions for carnivores in south-east Asia. A full discussion of camera-trapping<br />

is beyond the scope of this manual. Interested readers should refer to<br />

Karanth & Nichols (1998) and Carbone et al. (2001).<br />

Equipment<br />

● Photographic data-recording units, comprising: a) a camera with autowinder<br />

(or Polaroid camera), enclosed in weather-proof casing, and<br />

mounted on a stand; b) a flash system with casing; c) a trigger device<br />

such as a trip-plate (300mm x 400mm), trip/bait wires, or a movement<br />

or heat sensor; and d) wires/other connectors between trigger and<br />

camera.<br />

● Passive cameras have either a trip-plate or a movement/heat sensor.<br />

A problem with movement sensors is that most types are triggered too<br />

easily (for example, by falling leaves or fruit). However, a laser sensor<br />

is available that can be set to send a beam at different pulses, and<br />

when the beam is broken for a certain length of time it activates the<br />

camera; thus, the pulse rate can be set for a specific species.<br />

● If a trip-plate is used, it is placed in a narrow place along a path. When<br />

an animal stands on it an electrical connection is made, causing the<br />

90


camera to expose a frame when the flash goes off, and the whole system<br />

automatically reloads for the next passing animal.<br />

● If bait is being used to attract carnivores, then a mechanical trigger<br />

attached to the bait will set off the film and flash when tugged.<br />

Site selection<br />

The camera needs to be facing a path, track or road along which mammals<br />

commonly walk. A suitable position can be determined by finding animal<br />

trails crossing paths and by the presence of dung, scrapes and tracks. It is also<br />

important to find places where the track is narrow, and animals pass near the<br />

camera. A set of camera lines can be established to cover the whole survey<br />

area, or in the centre of several sampling units (e.g. Seydack, 1984). A suitable<br />

alternative is to use a baiting station and set the camera so that it will record<br />

any animals that come to the station. This would be preferable in cases where<br />

trails get too much human activity, or to sample small carnivores and other animals<br />

that do not habitually travel along roads/trails.<br />

Procedure and Recording<br />

i) Each camera is positioned at a strategic point and can be systematically<br />

rotated to maximise the area sampled. If a single camera is used, it can<br />

be moved to different sites at intervals of a few days. Also record weather.<br />

ii) Some trials are necessary to get the best pictures. Film speed, shutter<br />

speed, aperture, distance from the plate, etc. all need to be adjusted to suit<br />

local conditions (e.g. Seydack, 1984).<br />

iii) The majority of camera traps automatically record time and date upon<br />

activation. If not, a board giving the camera number, location and date can be<br />

placed within the field of the photograph, but without interfering with the subjects.<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) The photographs are developed and the species identified, along with<br />

age and sex where possible. For rare species this gives good information on<br />

presence, and sometimes information on population structure. However, be<br />

prepared that the majority of photos will be of empty trails or individuals of a<br />

large group of a single species, such as mangabeys. A lot of film will be<br />

required to obtain a few photos of rare species.<br />

ii) For species where individuals can be distinguished by markings (such<br />

as coat patterns), photos from camera lines or cameras placed in sampling<br />

blocks can be used to count individuals, describe ranging patterns, and<br />

calculate population densities. Plotting the number of new individuals caught on<br />

film against the cumulative photographic effort will give an indication of when<br />

91


the majority of individuals have been photographed in the sample area, and will<br />

enable you to use mark-recapture analysis techniques to estimate densities.<br />

5.4 Conclusions<br />

All observations of animals or their signs should be recorded to build up<br />

a broad picture of their distribution and abundance. For most species this is all<br />

that rapid surveys can accomplish, especially where relatively few animals or<br />

their signs are encountered. However, relative abundance can be determined<br />

more accurately for elephants (with dung transect surveys) and duikers (with a<br />

mixture of day and night transects and net drives). Long-term studies are<br />

essential for reliable population density estimates.<br />

5.5 References<br />

Archer, A.L. (1994). A survey of hunting techniques and the results thereof on two species of duiker<br />

and the suni on Zanzibar Island. Unpublished report to Zanzibar <strong>Forest</strong>ry Development Project.<br />

Barnes, R.F.W. (1988). A Short-cut Method for Obtaining Preliminary Estimates of Elephant<br />

Abundance in <strong>Forest</strong>s. IUCN/WCMC, Cambridge, UK. 9pp.<br />

Barnes, R.F.W. (2001). How reliable are dung counts for estimating elephant numbers? Afr. J. Ecol.<br />

39: 1–9.<br />

Barnes, R.F.W. & Jensen, K.L. (1987). How to Count Elephants in <strong>Forest</strong>s. IUCN <strong>African</strong> Elephant<br />

and Rhino Specialist Group Technical Bulletin 1: 1–6. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Barnes, R.F.W., Asamoah-Boateng, B., Naada Majam, J. & Agyei-Ohemeng, J. (1997). Rainfall and<br />

the population dynamics of elephant dung-piles in the forests of southern Ghana. Afr. J. Ecol. 35:<br />

39–52.<br />

Bell, R.H.V. (1984). The man–animal interface: an assessment of crop damage and wildlife control.<br />

In: Conservation and Wildlife Management in Africa, pp. 387–416. (Eds. R.H.V. Bell & E. McShane-<br />

Caluzi. US Peace Corps Training and Program Support.<br />

Blum, L.G. & Escherich, P.C. (Eds.) (1979). Bobcat Research Conference Proceedings. National<br />

Wildlife Federation Technical Report Series 6.<br />

Bowland, A.E. (1990). The response of red duikers Cephalophus natalensis to drive counts.<br />

Koedoe 33(1): 47–53.<br />

Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P. & Laake, J.L. (1993). Distance Sampling:<br />

Estimating Abundance of Biological Populations. Chapman & Hall, London, UK.<br />

Carbone, C., Christie, S., Conforti, K., Coulson, T., Franklin, N., Ginsberg, J.R., Griffiths, M.,<br />

Holden, J., Kawanishi, K., Kinnaird, M., Laidlaw, R., Lynam, A., Macdonald, D.W., Martyr, D.,<br />

McDougal, C., Nath, L., O’Brien, T., Seidensticker, J., Smith, D.J.L., Sunquist, M., Tilson, R. & Wan<br />

Shahruddin, W.N. (2001). The use of photographic rates to estimate densities of tigers and other<br />

cryptic mammals. Anim. Cons. 4: 75–79.<br />

92


Davies, G., Heydon, M., Leader-Williams, N., Mackinnon, J. & Newing, H (2001). The effects of logging<br />

on tropical forests ungulates. In The Cutting Edge: conserving wildlife in logged tropical<br />

forests pp93-124. Fimbel, R.A., Grajal, A. & Robinson, J.G. (eds) Columbia Press, New York.<br />

Dorst, J. & Dandelot, P. (1983). A Field Guide to the Larger Mammals of Africa. Collins, London,<br />

UK.<br />

Dubost, G. (1984). Comparison of diets of frugivorous ruminants of Gabon. J. Mammol. 65(2):<br />

298–316.<br />

Estes, R.D. (1991). The Behavior Guide to <strong>African</strong> Mammals: including Hoofed Mammals,<br />

Carnivores, Primates. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, California, USA.<br />

Feer, F. (1989). Comparaison des régimes alimentaires de Cephalophus callipygus et C.dorsalis,<br />

bovidés sympatriques de la forêt sempervirente africaine. Mammalia 53(4): 563–604.<br />

Griffiths, M. (1994). Population density of Sumatran tigers in Gunung Leuser National Park. In:<br />

Sumatran Tiger population and Habitat Viability Analysis Report. (Eds. R. Tilson, K. Soemarna, W.<br />

Ramono, S. Lusli, K. Traylor-Holzer & U. Seal). Indonesian Directorate of <strong>Forest</strong> Protection and<br />

Nature Conservation and IUCN/SSC Conservation Breeding Specialist Group. Apple Valley,<br />

Minnesota, USA.<br />

Haltenorth, T. & Diller, H. (1984). A Field Guide to the Mammals of Africa, Including Madagascar.<br />

Collins, London, UK.<br />

Hill, C.M. (1998). Conflicting attitudes towards elephants around the Budongo <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve,<br />

Uganda. Environm. Conserv. 25: 244–250.<br />

Hill, C.M. (2000). Conflict of interest between people and baboons: crop raiding in Uganda. Int. J.<br />

Primatol. 21(2): 299–315.<br />

Karanth, K.U. & Nichols, J.D. (1998). Estimation of tiger densities in India using photographic captures<br />

and recaptures. Ecology 79: 2852–2862.<br />

Kingdon, J. (1997). The Kingdon Field Guide to <strong>African</strong> Mammals. Academic Press, London, UK.<br />

Koster, S.H. & Hart, J.A. (1988). Methods of estimating ungulate populations in tropical forests. Afr.<br />

J. Ecol. 26: 117–126.<br />

Lahm, S.A., Barnes, R.F.W., Beardsley, K. & Cervinka, P. (1998). A method for censusing the<br />

greater white-nosed monkey in north-eastern Gabon using the population density gradient in relation<br />

to roads. J. Trop. Ecol. 14: 629–643.<br />

Liebenberg, L. (2000). Photographic Guide to Tracks and Tracking in Southern Africa. New<br />

Holland, South Africa.<br />

Muchaal, P.K & Ngandjui, G. (1999). Impact of village hunting on wildlife populations in the western<br />

Dja Reserve, Cameroon. Conserv. Biol. 13: 385–396.<br />

Naughton, L., Rose, R. & Treves, A. (1999). The social dimensions of human–elephant conflict in<br />

Africa: A literature review and case studies from Uganda and Cameroon. Report to IUCN <strong>African</strong><br />

Elephant Specialist Group, Human Elephant Task Force. Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Nchanji, A.C. & Plumptre, A.J. (2001). Seasonality in elephant dung decay and implications for censusing<br />

and population monitoring in south-western Cameroon. Afr. J. Ecol. 39: 24–32.<br />

Newing, H.S. (1990). Distinguishing antelope dung and tracks - a zoo study of Upper Guinean forest<br />

species, West Africa. Unpublished report.<br />

Newing, H.S. (1994). Behavioural ecology of duikers (Cephalophus spp.) in forest and secondary<br />

growth, Taï, Côte d’Ivoire. PhD Thesis, University of Stirling, Scotland.<br />

93


Noss, A.J. (1999). Censusing rainforest game species with communal net hunts. Afr. J. Ecol. 37(1):<br />

1–11.<br />

Nummelin, M. (1990). Relative habitat use of duikers, bush pigs, and elephants in virgin and selectively<br />

logged areas of the Kibale <strong>Forest</strong>, Uganda. Trop. Zool. 3: 111–120.<br />

Panwar, H.S. (1979). A note on tiger census technique based on pugmark tracings. Tigerpaper 6:<br />

16–18.<br />

Peres, C. (1999). General guidelines for standardising line transect surveys of tropical forest primates.<br />

Neotropical Primates 7(1): 11–16.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. (2000). Monitoring mammal populations with line transect techniques in <strong>African</strong><br />

forests. J. Appl. Ecol. 37: 356–368.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. & Harris, S. (1995). Estimating the biomass of large mammalian herbivores in a<br />

tropical montane forest: a method of faecal counting that avoids assuming a steady state system.<br />

J. Appl. Ecol. 32: 111–120.<br />

Rosevear, D.R. (1974). The Carnivores of West Africa. Trustees of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.),<br />

London, UK.<br />

Seydack, A.H.W. (1984). Application of a photo-recording device in the census of larger rain-forest<br />

mammals. S. Afr. J. Wildl. Res. 14: 10–14.<br />

Smallwood, K.S. & Fitzhugh, E.L. (1993). A rigorous technique for identifying individual mountain<br />

lions Felis concolor by their tracks. Biol. Cons. 65(1): 51–59.<br />

Stander, P.E. (1998). Spoor counts as indices of large carnivore populations: the relationship<br />

between spoor frequency, sampling effort and true density. J. Appl. Ecol. 35: 378–385.<br />

Stuart, C. & Stuart, T. (1995). Southern, Central and East <strong>African</strong> Mammals. Struik Publishers,<br />

Cape Town, South Africa.<br />

Stuart, C. & Stuart, T. (1997). Field Guide to the Larger Mammals of Africa. Struik Publishers, Cape<br />

Town, South Africa.<br />

Walker, C. (1991). Signs of the Wild: Field Guide to the Spoor and Signs of the Mammals of<br />

Southern Africa. Struik, Cape Town, South Africa.<br />

Walsh, P.D. & White, L.J.T. (1999). What it will take to monitor forest elephant populations.<br />

Conserv. Biol. 13(5): 1194–1202.<br />

White, L.J.T. (1995). Factors affecting the duration of elephant dung piles in rain forest in the Lope<br />

Reserve, Gabon. Afr. J. Ecol. 33: 142–150.<br />

White, L. & Edwards, A. (Eds.) (2000). Conservation Research in the <strong>African</strong> Rain <strong>Forest</strong>s: A<br />

Technical Handbook. Wildlife Conservation Society, New York, USA.<br />

Wilkie, D.S. & Finn, J.T. (1990). Slash-burn cultivation and mammal abundance in the Ituri <strong>Forest</strong>,<br />

Zaïre. Biotropica 22(1): 90–99.<br />

Wilson, V. (1990). Duiker Survey in Central <strong>African</strong> Republic. Chipangali Wildlife Trust, Zimbabwe.<br />

Wing, L.D. & Buss, I.O. (1970). Elephants and forests. Wildl. Monogr. 19: 1–92.<br />

94


95<br />

Start time Species No. of animals Additional observations (behaviour, food eaten etc.) End time of<br />

of obs. observation<br />

Male/ Sub Juv/<br />

Female adults inf<br />

Other:<br />

Weather: Time at start of watch: Time at end of watch:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available): Altitude:<br />

Survey site: Observation point: Vegetation:<br />

Surveyor: Address: Date: Field sheet ref:<br />

(total observers) (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Form 5.1: Recording Sheet for Sightings from Observation Points


Form 5.2: Recording Sheet for Sighting Transects<br />

Surveyor: Address: Date: Field sheet ref:<br />

(total observers) (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Survey site: Vegetation: Weather:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available): Altitude:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End time:<br />

Other:<br />

Time Distance Vege-Species No. of animals Cue Perpen- Group Additional observations<br />

along tation dicular spread<br />

transect distance<br />

96<br />

Male/ Sub- Juv/<br />

Female adult inf<br />

Cue – H (heard) or S (seen) Perpendicular distance = distance from nearest point on transect to position at which animal was first detected (in metres)<br />

Group spread = spread of group of animals of a single species, recorded in a single sighting (in metres) Observations = behaviour, association with other<br />

species; any other comments


Notes: Distance from start = from start of transect; T/D = tracks/dung; Bolus state: A – fresh, whole, moist and smelly; B = fresh, whole and odourless; C1 = > 50% boli intact;<br />

C2 = < 50% boli intact; D = formless, flat mass; E = Decayed to a stage that it cannot be detected at a range of two metres, and would not be seen on a transect unless underfoot<br />

(adapted from Barnes & Jensen, 1987) Make measurements of the diameter of intact elephant boli (in cm)<br />

97<br />

Distance Species T/D Bolus. state Distance from Vegetation type and general observations (including descrip-<br />

(km) & diam. transect (cm) tion and max. width and length (mm) for tracks)<br />

Other:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End time:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available): Altitude:<br />

Survey site: Vegetation: Weather:<br />

Surveyor: Address: Date: Field sheet ref:<br />

(total observers) (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Form 5.3: Recording Sheet for Dung Transects


Form 5.4: Recording Sheet for Tracks<br />

Surveyor: Date: Field sheet ref:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Vegetation: Weather:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: Altitude:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End time:<br />

Other:<br />

Location Species Soil Soil Vegeta-Clarity of Measurements<br />

(transect type mois-tion type print (mm)<br />

marker<br />

number)<br />

ture<br />

Soil type: S = mostly sandy; C = mostly clay; St = stones; Si = mostly silt.<br />

Use combinations where necessary, e.g. C+St = mostly clay + stones<br />

Soil moisture: dry; damp; wet<br />

Clarity of print: distinct = well-defined with clear edges; fair = mostly well-defined but some<br />

edges ‘spread’ or confused by other tracks or debris; indistinct = clear enough for identification<br />

but measurement difficult because of spread, other tracks or debris.<br />

98


6. Primates<br />

Glyn Davies<br />

6.1 Biology<br />

<strong>African</strong> primates are divided into three taxonomic groups (Oates, 1996):<br />

the small, nocturnal prosimians (20+ species); the monkeys (45+ species); and<br />

the apes (3+<br />

species). Like<br />

humans, nonhuman<br />

primates<br />

that are active in<br />

the daytime generally<br />

have a poor<br />

sense of smell,<br />

moderate hearing<br />

and excellent eyesight<br />

(nocturnal<br />

species are obviously<br />

very different,<br />

having weak distance-vision<br />

and<br />

acute hearing).<br />

Savannah species<br />

(e.g. baboons) and<br />

the lemurs of<br />

Madagascar are not<br />

discussed in this<br />

chapter, but the forest<br />

survey procedures<br />

still apply to<br />

these species<br />

where they do<br />

occur in forests.<br />

Prosimians<br />

These primitive primates are separated into two families: the galagos<br />

(Galagonidae) and the lorisids (Loridae). All species are primarily nocturnal<br />

(Charles-Dominique, 1977). <strong>Forest</strong> galagos are generally small (18+ species;<br />

50–300g), although three species exceed 1,500g in weight. They live in small<br />

family units, travelling and foraging in the understorey and middle canopy of<br />

99<br />

mona monkey (Cercopithecus mona)


the forest, and make distinctive calls between group members to maintain contact.<br />

Loud calls are made when alarmed, and to signal to other groups/individuals.<br />

Recent taxonomic work has shown how these calls are important in distinguishing<br />

different species (Bearder et al., 1995).<br />

The potto (genus Perodicticus) and two angwantibo species (genus<br />

Arctocebus) are larger (400g–1,500g), mostly solitary, and move slowly along<br />

branches or through liana tangles, often in the middle and upper canopies of<br />

the forest. Angwantibos will also use shrubby undergrowth in clearings. When<br />

not in direct contact, they communicate by scent-marking twigs and branches,<br />

and do not make loud calls.<br />

Guenons<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> guenons (genera Cercopithecus, Miopithecus and Allenopithecus)<br />

are relatively small-bodied monkeys (1–8+kg), which live in groups of about<br />

10–30 individuals occupying stable home ranges that generally cover<br />

20–100ha (Gautier-Hion et al., 1988). All species can be distinguished on the<br />

basis of their species-specific facial colour patterns, and the loud calls given by<br />

the adult males. Calls are made at various times during the day, especially<br />

early morning and late afternoon, and when one group calls this often sets off a<br />

sequence of calls and replies between neighbouring groups.<br />

Many guenons have species’ ranges with a wide altitudinal distribution<br />

and habitat use. Exceptions to this generalisation are: the l’Hoest/Preuss<br />

species group, most of which do not occur in the lowlands (excluding the suntailed<br />

monkey, C. solatus, in the lowlands of Gabon), and species which concentrate<br />

in riverine/swamp forest environments (e.g. Allen’s swamp monkey,<br />

talapoins), or in forest-edge vegetation (e.g. Sykes monkeys).<br />

Most breeding groups have a single adult male, several adult females<br />

and young. Young adult males tend to leave the group of their birth and travel<br />

substantial distances, sometimes in the company of other adult males,<br />

sometimes as lone males.<br />

Colobus monkeys<br />

There are three taxonomic groups of colobus monkeys: olive (one<br />

species), red (14+ species/subspecies) and black-and-white (five species)<br />

(Davies & Oates, 1997).<br />

The black-and-white colobus species (9.5–13kg) generally live in small<br />

groups (c. 5–15) and occupy small home ranges (20–50ha). Each group has<br />

one, or sometimes two, adult males that engage in daily choruses of territorial<br />

loud calls, often pre-dawn and in the early morning. Despite this noisy behaviour,<br />

however, they tend to remain silent and hide when alarmed by humans.<br />

Two exceptions to this ecological model are Angolan pied colobus (Colobus<br />

100


angolensis) in Ituri (Zaire) and Nyungwe (Rwanda) and Black colobus (C.<br />

satanus) in Forêt des Abeilles (Gabon), which live in much larger groups<br />

(sometimes hundreds of animals) in larger home ranges (not territories).<br />

Red colobus (8.5–10kg) adult males lack loud calls, but can be detected<br />

from their occasional noisy chatter and alarm calls on seeing humans. Red<br />

colobus (Procolobus spp) live in groups of 10–50 individuals (sometimes even<br />

larger) occupying home ranges of 50–100ha that are not defended as territories;<br />

there is considerable overlap between neighbouring groups. The diminutive<br />

olive colobus monkeys, Procolobus verus, (4kg) are very secretive, live in<br />

small groups with one or sometimes two adult males, have a quiet, shrill call,<br />

and often travel in the company of other monkey groups. They are difficult to<br />

detect.<br />

Mangabeys, mandrills and drills<br />

The mangabeys (females: 6kg; males: 10kg), and drills/mandrills<br />

(10–20kg) are large-bodied and live in large groups (drills up to 100;<br />

mangabeys: 15–30+) that travel rapidly over wide areas of forest, often splitting<br />

into smaller groups when foraging. Groups contain several adult males that<br />

make loud calls which may be audible from distances greater than 1km, as well<br />

as the noisy squabbles within groups which indicate a group’s presence within<br />

100m or so. In rare instances, mandrills, Mandrillus sphinx, have been recorded<br />

forming hordes of over 500 animals, reflecting a dynamic social system that<br />

can be maintained in large tracts of forest. Most time is spent travelling and<br />

foraging on the forest floor, often noisily searching leaf-litter for insects and fallen<br />

fruits, but they also feed and sleep in large trees. Grey-cheeked<br />

mangabeys, Lophocebus albigena, are exceptional in being largely arboreal<br />

throughout the day.<br />

Apes There are four ape species: chimpanzee, Pan troglodytes, (30–40kg),<br />

gracile (or bonobo or pygmy) chimpanzee, Pan paniscus (25–35kg), and two<br />

species of gorilla (90–200kg), the western lowland gorilla, Gorilla gorilla, and<br />

the mountain gorilla, G. beringei; all are large-bodied and travel long distances<br />

along the ground (McGrew et al., 1998).<br />

Chimpanzees live in fission-fusion communities, so group sizes vary<br />

from small units comprising a mother and offspring to large congregations in<br />

excess of 20 individuals around large food sources (e.g. fruiting fig trees). They<br />

are very vocal, making noisy displays with hoots, shouts and drumming on tree<br />

buttresses, all of which aid detection during surveys. Bonobos have a society<br />

that is more cohesive and influenced by strong female-female bonds. They are<br />

restricted to low-lying forest formations in the Congo Basin south of the Congo<br />

101


River. Gorillas live in stable family groups of 5–30 animals, with a single, or<br />

sometimes two fully adult males. They are less noisy than chimps, but males<br />

do have clearly audible chest-beating displays.<br />

All four ape species leave hindfoot and front knuckle prints when they<br />

travel over damp/soft ground, make nests to sleep in each night (chimps and<br />

bonobos in trees but sometimes on the ground, gorillas in the understorey and<br />

middlestorey and on the ground), and produce large, long-lasting characteristically<br />

shaped faeces at sleeping and feeding sites. These signs are commonly<br />

used during surveys, supplemented with evidence from areas damaged during<br />

feeding and play, and records of sightings, loud calls, tree drumming, and<br />

chest-beating.<br />

6.2 Management issues<br />

Primates are important components of forest ecosystems: gorillas can<br />

have a major impact on plant regeneration; guenons pollinate flowers and disperse<br />

seeds; colobus monkeys commonly destroy seeds; and the combined<br />

numbers of all primates account for the bulk of medium-sized mammalian biomass<br />

in many forests. Their unseen and often unrecorded influence on ecosystem<br />

function is an important consideration for forest managers. Moreover, the<br />

loss of forest habitat is a key reason for primate species extinctions (e.g.<br />

Cowlishaw, 1999; Oates et al., 2000).<br />

Probably the most important use of forest primates is exploitative: hunting<br />

and trapping for food – or bushmeat. Bushmeat is important in rural communities<br />

both in terms of subsistence consumption, providing much needed<br />

animal protein, and for trading activities. In West and Central Africa, where economic<br />

hardship has resulted in greater dependence on forest products, there<br />

has been a marked increase in commercial exploitation of primates in recent<br />

years. Large tracts of forest have been heavily hunted to supply primates, and<br />

other species, to ever demanding urban centres. Hunting and trapping of primates<br />

is less common in the drier southern and eastern <strong>African</strong> regions where<br />

cattle do relatively well and consumption of primate meat is often disdained on<br />

religious or cultural grounds; however, it does still occur.<br />

Larger species tend to be the main target of the bushmeat trade,<br />

because these animals supply more food for each cartridge spent, and traditional<br />

taboos on hunting apes are increasingly being ignored, with the result<br />

that these large-bodied animals are now used in trade. Smaller species are<br />

taken when encountered, and when larger species have been eliminated. In<br />

addition to hunting for food, some primates are consumed for other reasons<br />

that can have significant localised impacts. These include: providing ceremonial<br />

skins (e.g. black-and-white colobus); selling trinkets for the tourist trade (e.g.<br />

102


gorilla hands); supplying animals for the pet trade; supplying biomedical<br />

research centres (e.g. chimpanzees). All these activities obviously lead to<br />

declines in the target species.<br />

The size of forest primates is a less useful factor for predicting timber<br />

extraction impacts. For all forest species, there is a risk that as forest habitat is<br />

altered it will become less suitable, thereby eliminating the least adaptable<br />

species first. Gathering of forest products has long affected forests throughout<br />

Africa, and primates have continued to survive, but the scale and rate of recent<br />

commercial timber extraction has radically altered forest quality. A recent<br />

review of the effects of logging on primates (Plumptre & Johns, 2001) indicates<br />

that very few <strong>African</strong> primates are actually lost as a result of habitat changes<br />

following logging, with red colobus at some sites being an exception (e.g.<br />

Skorupa, 1986). However, long-term effects of vegetation changes are hard to<br />

predict (e.g. Chapman et al., 2000), and improved access for hunters and trappers<br />

along logging roads is a major secondary impact of logging.<br />

A common problem that arises at the forest-farm boundary is that of crop<br />

raiding by primates which refuge in the forest; this is a major management<br />

issue. Guenons and mangabeys are common pests of cash and food crops,<br />

and even galagos are considered as pests of cashew nuts on the Kenya coast.<br />

Chimpanzees and gorillas are keen on bananas and plantains and can do substantial<br />

damage in a short time to these flimsy plants. The consequence is that<br />

farmers kill the primates in order to protect their crops, which has resulted in<br />

losses of even protected species such as gorillas on the periphery of the<br />

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park in Uganda.<br />

A positive attribute of primates is that tourists find them attractive and<br />

interesting. In areas with a large number of primate species, ideally at high<br />

population densities, there is ample scope for ecotourism development, even<br />

where thick forest vegetation hampers viewing. In Uganda, this has been<br />

developed for the two largest, and most tourist-attractive, species: the chimpanzee<br />

and the gorilla. In all cases, the animals have been habituated to<br />

human visits, and this usually takes a long time. There is an associated risk<br />

that animals that lose their wariness of humans become easy targets for<br />

hunters, or become pests around farms, villages and tourist hotels. They also<br />

become vulnerable to contracting human diseases from visiting tourists<br />

(Butynski & Kalina, 1998).<br />

Ecotourism and the maintenance of primate populations are obvious<br />

complementary activities. In this context, the IUCN conservation action plan for<br />

<strong>African</strong> primates (Oates, 1996) makes the point that dry forest and savannah<br />

zone primates in Africa have wide distributions and occur in many protected<br />

areas, whereas the populations of the majority of primates from the six lowland<br />

forest and four upland/highland forest communities are under much greater<br />

103


threat. Surveys of the distribution and abundance of primates are therefore<br />

needed to guide conservation planning and action, as well as obtain facts to<br />

inform forest management.<br />

6.3Methods<br />

General<br />

Survey methods for primates have been thoroughly reviewed in a 1981<br />

publication by a subcommittee of the US National Research Council (NRC,<br />

1981) on the Conservation of Natural Populations, to which reference should<br />

be made. The interpretation of survey field data relies on an understanding of<br />

primates’ reproductive biology, ecology and behaviour, which has been collected<br />

from long-term studies of primates. Examples of long-term study sites in<br />

Africa include: Kibale and Budongo in Uganda; Tana River and Kakamega in<br />

Kenya; Gombe and Mahale Mountains in Tanzania; Virunga Volcanoes in<br />

Rwanda; Tiwai Island in Sierra Leone; Taï in Côte d’Ivoire; and Makokou and<br />

Lopé in Gabon. Information from these and other sites should be consulted<br />

before embarking on a survey.<br />

Selecting a survey method involves a compromise between time/personnel<br />

available and the information needed for management planning. It is therefore<br />

important to write down clearly what questions the survey is to answer,<br />

and then decide if there are sufficient resources to gather this information.<br />

Before making a final decision on which methods to choose, a quick walk<br />

through an area is important to make a general assessment of the populations<br />

to be surveyed, and identify future transect survey sites.<br />

Identification<br />

The use of field guides, such as those discussed in section 5.3 for large<br />

mammals, should be supplemented with information on the colour of animals,<br />

based on examination of skin collections in museums, on live specimens in<br />

zoos, and on an appreciation of the vocal repertoire of different species. There<br />

are few primate call sound libraries, so it is helpful to visit an existing study<br />

area where primate calls can be learned. Such visits also provide an opportunity<br />

to make inquiries about local names and develop a general understanding<br />

about species’ ecology, abundance and interaction with human populations.<br />

The survey team’s ability to identify primate species correctly is central to<br />

obtaining useful results; time spent in training will pay good dividends during<br />

surveys.<br />

104


6.3.1 Distribution surveys<br />

One of the first things that should be determined is what primate species<br />

occur in the area. This can be done by checking a range of sources, including<br />

records from the literature and museum specimens, and by spending time with<br />

local farmers and hunters, as well as with forest, wildlife, national parks and<br />

other government officers. The interview information needs to be verified carefully<br />

(see section 2.6), and then recorded onto standard checklists (Form 6.1),<br />

which can then be computerised and marked onto maps.<br />

The information on distribution maps, which show where different<br />

species occur, or have occurred in the past, can be presented on a range of<br />

scales from local to global. To facilitate transposing information from one scale<br />

to the next, it is important to use a standard mapping unit from the outset, such<br />

as degrees (or quarter degrees) of latitude and longitude or the UTM global<br />

metric grid. This allows countrywide maps to be drawn, onto which changes in<br />

species distribution can be mapped over time (see Fig. 6.1).<br />

At the local level, an accurate (1: 50 000 scale) topographical map is<br />

needed, supported with recent aerial or satellite photographs if available.<br />

These should be used to assess information on vegetation and altitude, and<br />

proximity of villages, roads, urban centres, etc. Thereafter, visits can be made<br />

to different areas, and by mapping all reliable sightings and other records a<br />

preliminary assessment can be made of which areas are suitable for primates.<br />

This information is very important to guide forest management, but it is insufficient<br />

to estimate population densities.<br />

Fig. 6.1: Distribution of four primate species in Sierra Leone<br />

(Grubb et al., 1998)<br />

105


6.3.2 Line transects<br />

Line transect methods for surveying vertebrate populations (review in<br />

Buckland et al., 1993) have been adapted for forest primate surveys (see<br />

reviews: NRC, 1981; Whitesides et al., 1988; Peres, 1999; Plumptre, 2000).<br />

The main aim of these surveys is to determine the population density of primates<br />

in the area and to ascertain what factors play a role in affecting their<br />

numbers.<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

The details of general survey equipment, personnel and site selection<br />

have been elaborated in the previous chapter (section 5.3.3). The same principles<br />

should be applied for primates, although direct surveys of mobile, groupdwelling<br />

species present their own problems that will be discussed in the section<br />

on data analysis.<br />

Site selection<br />

i) On an accurate map, select the places where transects should begin,<br />

and the direction in which they should run. This can be done using random<br />

number tables to select transect start points and bearings. Alternatively, transects<br />

can be laid out to sample particular areas of interest on a stratified sampling<br />

basis depending on the area and spread of forest habitats. Transects can<br />

be cut to point in different directions and should be at least 1km apart at all<br />

points, to gain an idea of population densities over a wide (and therefore representative)<br />

area (see section 5.3.3. for further discussion). Straight line transects<br />

should be cut through the forest, following a compass bearing.<br />

ii) Local hunters and guides can help in locating suitable campsites and<br />

transect start points. As noted for ungulates, transects should not begin too<br />

close to the camp noises and smells (over 300m away).<br />

iii) The use of established roads, tracks and paths greatly reduces the<br />

time spent in establishing a survey transect. However, this tends to introduce<br />

serious bias to the survey, because: a) the roadside vegetation differs significantly<br />

from the rest of the forest, and/or b) primates change their behaviour in<br />

relation to the road, track or path (e.g. if hunters commonly use them).<br />

iv)Once the transects have been cut, ensure that the survey area has a<br />

distinctive name, and that each transect is clearly distinguished from the others<br />

by a unique number. After cutting the transect, wait at least 24 hours before<br />

proceeding with the survey so that primates can recover from the disturbance<br />

to the area.<br />

106


A. Animal sightings<br />

Procedure<br />

i) Early in the morning (soon after dawn) or in the afternoon (after about<br />

15:00), a surveyor (or small group of surveyors) should walk slowly and quietly<br />

along the transect. For example, Butynski (1984) walked at less than 1km/hr,<br />

stopping every 60m for 30–60 seconds to look around and listen, and others<br />

(e.g. Peres, 1999) have described similar speeds of 1.25km/hr.<br />

ii) Transects should not be crossed by other survey teams during the<br />

survey period, since this will disturb groups which may leave the area to be<br />

surveyed.<br />

iii) The ability to detect primates may be affected by the weather: some<br />

species call less on windy days and all are more difficult to see in windy and<br />

rainy conditions. As a result, it is important to avoid surveys during rain, and<br />

immediately afterwards, when the sound of dripping water obscures other<br />

sounds.<br />

iv)Other factors affecting survey results include: a) time of day –<br />

primates tend to be more active in the early morning and late afternoon;<br />

b) human activities – primates call less and are more wary in areas where<br />

there is hunting; and c) the experience of the observer. These parameters all<br />

need to be recorded (see top section of Form 6.1).<br />

Recording<br />

i) At the first encounter with a primate, the means of ‘detection’ (sighting,<br />

branch movement, falling fruit, alarm calls, fleeing animals, etc.) should be<br />

noted immediately, and the recording sheet filled out as fully as possible (Form<br />

6.1). It is very important to make accurate measurements of the distance from<br />

the transect to all individuals that are seen (see Fig. 6.2). The perpendicular<br />

distance from the transect to each primate should be determined by direct<br />

measurement, using a tape measure, marked (non-stretch ropes), or optical (or<br />

laser) range-finder. As mentioned in section 2.5, estimating distance by eye is<br />

fraught with inaccuracy and variability between observers, and, over time, the<br />

calculation of perpendicular distance from the observer to animal and the angle<br />

of sighting introduces two potential sources of error.<br />

ii) It is often useful to put a field bag on the transect at the point from<br />

which the first animal was seen, as a reference point from which other measurements<br />

can be made. The places where animals were first seen need to be<br />

clearly recognised, and the transect marker nearest the observer should be<br />

recorded.<br />

107


Fig. 6.2: Line transect<br />

Transect<br />

route<br />

perpendicular<br />

distance<br />

sighting<br />

angle<br />

monkey<br />

group<br />

observer/animal<br />

distance<br />

108<br />

iii) Information should be gathered<br />

about the primate group itself,<br />

including: how many different individuals<br />

were seen (adult males, females,<br />

infants, any special marks like bent<br />

tails, etc.); estimated group size<br />

(including those heard but not seen);<br />

the area over which sighted animals<br />

are spread, as well as the overall<br />

group spread. Time should be allowed<br />

to move up and down the transect,<br />

and left and right, to gather this information,<br />

although it is important not to<br />

move away from the transect for more<br />

than 10 minutes.<br />

iv) Other behavioural details to record include: what the group was doing<br />

when encountered (if feeding, what were the animals feeding on); the group’s<br />

reaction upon seeing the observer (e.g. wary curiosity, panicked flight, indifference,<br />

etc.); at what height, and in what type of vegetation, they were found.<br />

Data analysis<br />

To calculate the population density in groups/km 2 , three sets of data are<br />

required:<br />

i) The length of transect surveyed, which is determined by multiplying the<br />

length of the transect by the number of times it was surveyed.<br />

ii) The number of groups encountered, which should include all those<br />

groups containing both males and females, with a separate note of groups<br />

which appeared to contain only adult males; solitary animals should also be<br />

noted separately.<br />

Using these two pieces of information the relative abundance of a<br />

species (e.g. groups per kilometre walked) can be calculated. This was done in<br />

Kibale, where Skorupa (1986) provided statistically robust data that showed differences<br />

in primate numbers between logged and unlogged forests. But this<br />

can only be done if it is possible to determine differences in the probability of<br />

detecting primates at either site (Skorupa, 1987).<br />

iii) The width of the survey strip multiplied by the distance surveyed will<br />

give an area of forest in which a certain number of primate groups were recorded;<br />

this, in turn, provides an indication of population density (groups/unit area).<br />

However, the detectability of groups on either side of the transect line is not<br />

fixed, i.e. it is not possible to say that all groups within 40m on either side of the<br />

transect will be seen, and all those more than 40m away will not be seen.


The transect width is influenced by: a) detectability of the species (e.g.<br />

shy versus conspicuous habits); b) vegetation type; c) terrain; and d) the<br />

spread of a group (Whitesides et al., 1988). All these parameters can vary<br />

between sites, seasons and species, and to be able to estimate the transect<br />

width it is necessary to gather enough information on species-specific and<br />

habitat-specific observer–animal sighting distances (preferably 40–100 independent<br />

field records for each species at each survey site). With these data,<br />

the effective strip width for sighted individuals can be calculated using the<br />

DISTANCE programme (Buckland et al., 1993; see section 5.3.3).<br />

A complicating factor in judging the width of a transect is the group<br />

spread (area occupied by a group of monkeys). Some surveyors have tried to<br />

address this problem by estimating average group spread for each species<br />

(from long-term studies), and adjusting transect width estimates accordingly to<br />

the anticipated centre of the group from the transect (Whitesides et al., 1988).<br />

However, others advise against this approach, emphasising that it is necessary<br />

to use only sighting data for all individuals seen (Plumptre, 2000), and calculating<br />

the centre of the group spread from the centre of the sightings.<br />

An alternative approach has been to put aside the fact that monkeys live<br />

in groups, and simply calculate density estimates from the total sightings of<br />

monkeys irrespective of how many groups are encountered; as for ungulates<br />

(pages 80 & 81)<br />

cumulative number of group sightings (%)<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

s d<br />

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100<br />

perpendicular distance from the transect (m)<br />

109<br />

Fig. 6.3<br />

The cumulative number of<br />

sightings of groups of two<br />

species of primates:<br />

spot-nosed monkey [s],<br />

Cercopithecus petaurista,<br />

and Diana monkey [d],<br />

Cercopithecus diana, with<br />

increasing distance on<br />

either side of the transect.<br />

The two triangles show the<br />

distance from the transect<br />

within which 80% of all<br />

group sightings were made<br />

(adapted from Whitesides<br />

et al., 1988).


Advantages/limitations<br />

i) Given the poor visibility in forest conditions, and the short time over<br />

which surveys are conducted, obtaining detailed estimates of population densities<br />

is very difficult. However, clear estimates of the relative abundance of primates<br />

at different sites is often adequate for management purposes (for example,<br />

knowing that there are more primates of species X in forest A than in forest<br />

B). Certainly it can give a clear indication of areas that need special management<br />

attention.<br />

ii) The use of DISTANCE software to analyse survey results is based on<br />

a number of basic assumptions (see section 5.3.3). Some of these factors are<br />

outside the control of the observer, but the quality of field records is greatly<br />

improved if time is taken to develop an understanding of the primates being<br />

surveyed, and to do practice surveys (Peres, 1999).<br />

iii) The number of times that surveys must be repeated depends upon<br />

the length of the transect and the number of encounters per kilometre. As a<br />

rough guide, 100 records were determined as a minimum sample size for<br />

robust statistical analysis in Budongo forest (Uganda), which required over 200<br />

km of surveys (Plumptre, 2000). Smaller sample sizes can be used, but statistical<br />

confidence limits associated with density estimates need to be shown<br />

clearly.<br />

iv)The line transect survey method can be used by a single observer (or<br />

small survey team), which is a major advantage when manpower constraints<br />

limit survey work. However, the observer needs to be experienced with species<br />

behaviour for this method to be effective.<br />

B. Nest counts<br />

The nests that are made by gorillas and chimpanzees, both for sleeping<br />

at night and also for resting during the day, persist on the ground or in trees<br />

well after they were first made. These conspicuous signs of species’ presence,<br />

which generally occur at low population densities, have long been used in surveys<br />

(e.g. Tutin & Fernandez, 1983). The same principles described for indirect<br />

surveys of ungulate signs along transects and recce tracks can be applied<br />

(section 5.3.4), and are described in more detail by White & Edwards (2000) –<br />

using Form 6.2.<br />

As with dung surveys, the critical information needed to translate counts<br />

of nests/km surveyed are: the rate at which nests are made/individual (taking<br />

account of age differences), and the rate at which nests disintegrate until they<br />

are hardly discernible any longer (which will vary with season, altitude, species<br />

and so on). At sites where there are many nests, the need to calculate decay<br />

rates can be avoided by doing repeat surveys (e.g. every one to three months)<br />

and marking all nests seen on a map (or with flagging tape) – see<br />

110


section 5.3.4A. It is then possible to record the number of new nests produced<br />

in a given period of time, within a known survey area (km 2 ), and then to convert<br />

a nest density figure into an estimate of individuals/km 2 using a calibration for<br />

the number of nests made per day by different types of animals (males,<br />

females, etc).<br />

A number of studies have been carried out to look at these problems in<br />

different <strong>African</strong> forests, and they should be referred to for more details<br />

(Hashimoto, 1995; Tutin et al., 1995; Plumptre & Reynolds, 1997; Hall et al.,<br />

1998; Blom et al., 2001).<br />

In summary, the analysis of the results depends on the amount of background<br />

information available for the survey area during the season when the<br />

surveys were carried out. If there is good evidence that the nests are from a<br />

particular species, then species distribution maps can be drawn up. As information<br />

on nest building and decay rates is determined (by site and season), so it<br />

will become possible to give reasonable estimates of gorilla and/or chimpanzee<br />

populations’ decay rates (which are often variable).<br />

C. Mapping calls<br />

Loud calls can be used to detect groups from greater distances than is<br />

possible with sightings. In areas where species are very vocal this provides a<br />

useful survey method, but even quieter chatters and squeals, and movements<br />

in the branches, can be used to detect primates over shorter distances. See<br />

also sections 3.3.10 and 7.3.9.<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

● map-making equipment: 360o protractor, graph paper, ruler, pencils,<br />

etc.<br />

● high-quality portable tape recorder or mini-disc player, microphone<br />

and batteries, blank tapes or mini-discs (to record unidentified and<br />

unusual calls, or to analyse calls and compare calls between areas<br />

and seasons)<br />

● recorded tapes/CDs for playback experiments (to get resident groups<br />

to call)<br />

● plastic bag or like for protecting equipment against moisture<br />

● surveyors with good knowledge of primate calls<br />

Procedure<br />

i) For diurnal species, the surveyor should start early (just before dawn<br />

for many species) and walk slowly (1km/hr) and wait at marked points to listen<br />

for calls. On hearing a call the surveyor should wait for between 15 and 30<br />

minutes until the calling group, and any that are replying, seem to have<br />

111


stopped. For nocturnal species, the start time of the survey should obviously<br />

change: galagos commonly give loud calls around dusk and during the hour or<br />

so before dawn.<br />

ii) The survey should be repeated for a number of days, depending on<br />

the species, site, season and weather conditions. For vocal species (e.g. blackand-white<br />

colobus), as little as three days may be sufficient to record all calling<br />

groups in the survey area, but longer survey periods will be needed at sites<br />

where fewer or quieter calls are made. In general, surveys need to continue<br />

until the number of groups mapped in a given area becomes consistent.<br />

Recording<br />

On hearing a call, the following information must be collected (using<br />

Form 6.3, or a separate sheet for calls): date, time, weather, etc.; species;<br />

detection (type of call); bearing (of the call from the surveyor); observer–animal<br />

(estimated distance to calling animal); map (the trail marker from where the call<br />

was heard). Whenever the same group calls again, after the surveyor has<br />

moved to a new position, new bearings should be taken again so that the<br />

group’s position can be mapped more accurately through triangulation.<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) An accurate map of the survey area should be drawn (useful scale is<br />

10mm: 100m) onto graph paper, including key topographical features (e.g.<br />

streams, ridge tops, etc). Copies of the master map should then be made for<br />

mapping each species separately (Fig. 6.4).<br />

ii) Date and time are marked on a pencil line showing the bearing of the<br />

call, starting from the observer’s position on the map. The distance from<br />

observer to calling animal is estimated and also marked to scale, and special<br />

attention should be given to triangulating calls of the same group that were<br />

given at different times.<br />

iii) Great care must be taken not to double-count groups, especially for<br />

species which travel rapidly over wide areas in a short time and call from different<br />

places (e.g. mangabeys). Information on species’ home-range sizes, homerange<br />

overlap, travel and foraging patterns (gathered during long-term studies)<br />

are important in determining how to reduce this type of error.<br />

iv)Supplementary information can be added to the species’ maps,<br />

recording those animals seen, but not recorded calling, to give a fuller picture<br />

of all the groups present.<br />

112


Fig. 6.4: Mapping calls and sightings<br />

6/12<br />

5/12<br />

5/12<br />

6/12<br />

6/12<br />

4/12<br />

3/12<br />

3/12<br />

3/12<br />

Survey trail with 100m markers<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Since most primate groups call at some time during the day, and the call<br />

can be heard over distances greater than are detectable by sight, inclusion of<br />

calling records greatly increases the sample size of encounters for a unit survey<br />

effort. For example, on three morning surveys by two observers in<br />

Kakamega forest (Kenya), there were 86 encounters with primates (sightings<br />

and calls) of which 63% were calls of animals that were not seen (Davies, pers.<br />

obs.).<br />

This method gives accurate information on the numbers of groups in a<br />

given area for those species that are vocal during the survey period. Quieter<br />

groups, species, and times of the year will all give lower quality results.<br />

113<br />

Map of sightings and calls of<br />

Campbell’s monkey,<br />

Cercopithecus campbelli,<br />

during a four-day survey (3–6<br />

December). Numbers refer to<br />

dates. Groups sighted are<br />

squared, and group calls are<br />

shown by arrows indicating<br />

the direction from the surveyor<br />

and the arrow-head indicates<br />

the estimated location<br />

of the group.<br />

For species with home ranges<br />

of 20–50ha, surveys by small<br />

teams for 20 days, over 6–12<br />

months, give good spread<br />

indications of group densities.


6.3.3 Sweep surveys<br />

In practice, field workers make the most of all their field records by combining<br />

information on sightings and calls. This can be done during transect<br />

walks, but even more information can be gained when the surveys are carried<br />

out along parallel transects on a survey grid by a number of surveyors working<br />

simultaneously. These are called sweep surveys (Whitesides et al., 1998).<br />

Equipment/personnel<br />

● survey grid cut and mapped (see below)<br />

● at least three experienced field observers<br />

Procedure<br />

i) A rectangular survey area has to be prepared, with three or more survey<br />

transects running parallel to each other, spaced at 100-m intervals, and<br />

extending for at least 1km. They should be linked at either end by perpendicular<br />

trails, to get surveyors to the start points quickly and quietly. All paths are<br />

marked at 50-m intervals.<br />

ii) Soon after dawn, the surveyors should assemble at the start of their<br />

survey trails and travel slowly and quietly along the path, beginning at a prearranged<br />

time (having synchronised watches beforehand). The surveyors move<br />

forwards in a single front, stopping occasionally to make field records. To keep<br />

the line of surveyors coordinated, several pre-determined restart points should<br />

be marked along the survey routes.<br />

Recording<br />

i) When a primate is sighted, its position and the group-spread are<br />

marked on a scale map (e.g. 10mm: 50m). All primate group sightings and calls<br />

are recorded (as noted in sections 6.3.2 and this section above).<br />

ii) By noting the time of all records (sightings and calls), simultaneous<br />

records of the same group by different observers can be mapped, thereby<br />

avoiding double-counting of the same groups.<br />

Data analysis<br />

i) At the end of the survey, all surveyors reassemble and a map is compiled<br />

for each species from all records collected. Once the map has been completed<br />

for a number of repeat surveys, separate primate home ranges can be<br />

marked, and the number of groups within the survey area and its vicinity can<br />

be counted.<br />

114


ii) Some groups’ home ranges will fall wholly within the survey grid, but<br />

others will be partly outside. Whitesides et al. (1988) considered groups having<br />

home ranges in excess of 80% inside the survey grid as being within the area<br />

surveyed, groups having 80–30% inside the survey grid as half a group, and<br />

groups with 30% or less of their home ranges inside the grid were regarded as<br />

falling outside the survey area. By adding whole groups and half groups, the<br />

number of groups/km 2 can be calculated.<br />

iii) Detailed information on the size of primate groups, and their age/sex<br />

composition, combined with information on the body weights of different types<br />

of animals (eg adult males, juveniles, females, etc.), can then be used to calculate<br />

population densities and biomass.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

This method provides very reliable and accurate estimates of absolute<br />

group densities, plus solitary individuals, within a known survey area. It can be<br />

verified by repeated sweep surveys over time to take account of seasonal<br />

biases.<br />

If the sample area is representative of the forest as a whole, then the<br />

results from these surveys can be extrapolated to wider areas. The disadvantages<br />

of this method include the time taken to build up an accurate picture of<br />

group densities, the large number of surveys required, the need for a team of<br />

three or more experienced surveyors (although a team of just two can allow triangulation<br />

on calling groups), and clearing and maintenance of the transect grid.<br />

Rapid sweeps<br />

Using the same principle as the sweep surveys, but in circumstances<br />

where there is only one surveyor, the system can be modified to a rectangular<br />

survey area (1km x 500m, depending on the species being surveyed), in which<br />

all sightings and calls of primates are recorded onto accurate maps. Over time,<br />

a picture of the number of groups in the area builds up, although the possibility<br />

of missing groups in the centre of the survey rectangle are higher than for the<br />

sweeps, and groups on the edge may also be missed.<br />

In Sierra Leone, data on relative primate abundance was gathered by a<br />

single observer using survey rectangles of 1km x 500m (e.g. Davies, 1987).<br />

Rapid sweeps have also been used in the small patches of forest along the<br />

Tana River in Kenya (Butynski & Mwangi, 1994), where pairs of observers<br />

searched in a zigzag fashion through parallel swathes of forest with each survey<br />

team’s route separated by about 100–150m. The survey routes were carefully<br />

mapped, and plenty of time taken to search for primates. At the end of the<br />

survey, all teams met and discussed results before group encounters were<br />

mapped and the numbers of groups in each patch calculated.<br />

115


6.4 Conclusions<br />

There are a range of primate survey methods that have been adapted<br />

for particular conditions and resource constraints, many of which depend on<br />

combining records of primate calls and sightings. Selection of any one method<br />

should be determined by the question that has to be answered, and care must<br />

be taken to allocate the necessary resources required (e.g. time, personnel,<br />

transport, cash, etc).<br />

Given the problem of resource and personnel constraints, line transects<br />

are a useful and common survey method. They are practical for determining<br />

the relative density of primates at different sites as long as there are sufficient<br />

encounters to determine transect width. Sweep surveys are most useful for<br />

determining primate group density in areas of about 1km 2.<br />

Whatever survey method is being used, a rule of thumb is to gather as<br />

much field information as possible, during transect walks, when in the camp,<br />

when meeting with local hunters and villagers, and so on. All of this will help<br />

improve the interpretation of field survey results.<br />

6.5 References<br />

Bearder, S., Honess, P.E. & Ambrose, L. (1995). Species diversity among galagos, with special reference<br />

to mate recognition. In: Creatures of the Dark: The Nocturnal Prosimians, pp 331–352.<br />

(Eds. L. Alterman, G.A. Doyle & M.K. Izard). Plenum Press, New York, USA.<br />

Blom, A., Almasi, A. & Heitkonig, I.M.A. (2001). A survey of the apes in the Dzanga-Ndoki National<br />

Park, Central <strong>African</strong> Republic: a comparison between the census and survey methods of estimating<br />

the gorilla (Gorilla gorilla gorilla) and chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes) nest group density. Afr. J.<br />

Ecol. 39(1): 98–105.<br />

Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P. & Laake, J.L. (1993). Distance Sampling:<br />

Estimating Abundance of Biological Populations. Chapman & Hall, London, UK.<br />

Butynski, T.M. (1984). Ecological survey of the Impenetrable (Bwindi) <strong>Forest</strong>, Uganda, and recommendations<br />

for its conservation and management. Unpublished report to the Government of<br />

Uganda. pp. 150.<br />

Butynski, T.M. & Kalina, J. (1998). Gorilla tourism: a critical look. In: E.J. Milner-Gulland & R. Mace<br />

(eds), Conservation of Biological Resources, pp 280–300. Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK.<br />

Butynski, T.M. & Mwangi, G. (1994). Conservation status and distribution of the Tana River red<br />

colobus and crested mangabey. Unpublished report to the Kenya Wildlife Service. pp. 67.<br />

Chapman, C.A., Balcomb, S.R., Gillespie, T.R., Skorupa, J.P. & Struhsaker, T.T. (2000). Long-term<br />

effects of logging on <strong>African</strong> primate communities: a 28-year comparison from Kibale National Park,<br />

Uganda. Conserv. Biol. 14(1): 207–217.<br />

Charles-Dominique, P. (1977). Ecology and Behaviour of Nocturnal Primates: Prosimians of<br />

Equatorial West Africa. Duckworth, London, UK.<br />

Cowlishaw, G. (1999). Predicting the pattern of decline of <strong>African</strong> primate diversity: an extinction<br />

debt from historical deforestation. Conserv. Biol. 13(5): 1183–1193.<br />

116


Davies, A.G. (1987). The Gola <strong>Forest</strong> Reserves, Sierra Leone: Wildlife Conservation and <strong>Forest</strong><br />

Management. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland.<br />

Davies, A.G. & Oates, J.F. (1997). The Colobine Monkeys: their Ecology, Behaviour and<br />

Conservation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.<br />

Gautier-Hion, A., Bourliere, F. & Gautier, J-P. (1988). A Primate Radiation: Evolutionary Biology of<br />

<strong>African</strong> Guenons. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.<br />

Grubb, P.A., Jones, T.S., Davies, A.G., Edberg, E., Starin, E.D., Hill, J.E. (1998). Mammals of<br />

Ghana, Sierra Leone and The Gambia. Trendrine Press, UK.<br />

Hall, J.S., White, L.T.J., Inogwabini, B.I., Ilambu, O., Morland, H.S., Williamson, E.A., Saltonstall, K.,<br />

Walsh, P., Sikubabuo, C., Dumbo, B., Kaleme, P.K., Vedder, A. & Freeman, K. (1998). A survey of<br />

Grauer gorillas (Gorilla gorilla graueri) and chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii) in the Kahuzi<br />

Biega National Park lowland sector and adjacent forest in eastern Congo. Int. J. Primatol. 19: 207–235.<br />

Hashimoto, C. (1995). Population census of the chimpanzees in the Kalinzu <strong>Forest</strong>, Uganda: comparison<br />

between methods with nest counts. Primates 36: 477–488.<br />

McGrew, W.C., Marchant, L.F. & Nishida, T. (1998). Great Ape Societies. Cambridge University<br />

Press, Cambridge, UK.<br />

National Research Council. (1981). Techniques for the Study of Primate Population Ecology.<br />

National Academy Press, Washington D.C., USA.<br />

Oates, J.F. (1996). <strong>African</strong> Primates: Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan. IUCN, Gland,<br />

Switzerland.<br />

Oates, J.F., Abedi-Lartey, M., McGraw, W.S., Struhsaker, T.T. & Whitesides, G.H. (2000). The possible<br />

extinction of a West <strong>African</strong> Red Colobus monkey. Conserv. Biol. 14(5): 1526–1532.<br />

Peres, C. (1999). General guidelines for standardising line-transect surveys of tropical forest primates.<br />

Neotrop. Primates 7(1): 11–16.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. (2000). Monitoring mammal populations with line transect techniques in <strong>African</strong><br />

forests. J. Appl. Ecol. 37: 356–368.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. & Reynolds, V. (1997). Nesting behavior of chimpanzees: Implications for censuses.<br />

Int. J. Primatol. 18: 475–485.<br />

Plumptre, A.J. & Johns, A.D. (2001). Primate populations. In: Wildlife-logging Interactions in Tropical<br />

<strong>Forest</strong>s. (Ed. by R.A. Fimbel, A.Grajal, & J. Robinson). Colombia University Press, New York, USA.<br />

Skorupa, J.P. (1986). Responses of rainforest primates to selective logging in Kibale forest,<br />

Uganda: a summary report. In: Primates: the Road to Self-sustaining Populations, pp 57–70. (Ed.<br />

K. Benirschke). Springer-Verlag, New York, USA.<br />

Skorupa, J.P. (1987). Do line-transect surveys systematically underestimate primate densities in<br />

logged forests? Am. J. Primatol. 13: 1–9.<br />

Tutin, C. & Fernandez, M. (1983). Recensement des gorilles et des chimpanzés du Gabon. CIRMF,<br />

Gabon.<br />

Tutin, C.E.G., Parnell, R.J., White, L.J.T. & Fernandez, M. (1995). Nest-building by lowland gorillas<br />

in the Lope-Reserve, Gabon – environmental-influences and implications for censusing. Int. J.<br />

Primatol. 16: 53–76.<br />

White, L. & Edwards, A. (2000). Conservation Research in the <strong>African</strong> Rain <strong>Forest</strong>s: a Technical<br />

Handbook. Wildlife Conservation Society, New York, USA.<br />

Whitesides, G.H., Oates, J.F., Green, S.M. & Kluberdanz, R.B. (1988). Estimating primate densities<br />

from transects in a West <strong>African</strong> rain forest: a comparison of techniques. J. Anim. Ecol. 57:<br />

345–367.<br />

117


Form 6.1: Primate Recording Sheet for Line Transects<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End length:<br />

Other:<br />

Time<br />

Species<br />

Detection<br />

Bearing<br />

Transect-Animal<br />

Distances (m)<br />

Transect-Estimated<br />

Group Centre (m)<br />

MAP (m from start)<br />

Estimated & Sighted<br />

Number<br />

Age/Sex<br />

Group Spread<br />

Activity<br />

Reaction<br />

Notes<br />

118


Notes: Distance from start = from start of transect; species (based on evidence from faeces, hair other evidence); nest – in tree or on ground; woody or herbaceous, etc; dimensions<br />

(widest and narrowest diameter in cms); state\age: A = fresh, still with animal odour; B = recent, still with green leaves, but no odour; C = old, intact but no green foliage;<br />

D = very old and disintegrating (after White and Edwards, 2000); distance from transect – perpendicular distance from the transect (m)<br />

119<br />

Distance Species Nest Dimensions State/age Distance Additional observations<br />

from start from transect (m)<br />

(km)<br />

Other:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End time:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available): Altitude:<br />

Survey site: Vegetation: Weather:<br />

Surveyor: Address: Date: Field sheet ref:<br />

(total observers) (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Form 6.2: Recording Sheet for Nest Counts


Form 6.3: Primate recording sheet for mapping calls<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Transect length: Start time: End length:<br />

Other:<br />

Time<br />

Species<br />

Detection<br />

Bearing<br />

Observer–Animal (m)<br />

MAP (m from start)<br />

Age/Sex<br />

Group Spread<br />

Activity<br />

Reaction<br />

Notes<br />

120


Jameson’s wattle-eye (Platysteria jamesoni)<br />

7. Birds<br />

Leon Bennun and Kim Howell<br />

7.1 Biology<br />

Birds are the best-known group of vertebrates. There have been numerous<br />

studies on forest birds of eastern Africa, and most species are readily identifiable<br />

using field guides and standard reference works. Birds play an important<br />

role in forests as pollinators of flowers and dispersers of seeds. Many of<br />

the smaller species also eat large numbers of insects and other arthropods.<br />

Birds, in turn, are preyed upon by reptiles, mammals, and other birds. The<br />

<strong>African</strong> crowned eagle, Stephanoaetus coronatus, is an example of a top<br />

predator in some forests, and may take prey as large as colobus monkeys.<br />

Birds are often considered as a useful indicator group, either for monitoring<br />

environmental change (see Furness et al., 1993) or for assessing biodiversity<br />

importance (Thirgood & Heath, 1994; Stattersfield et al., 1998). Birds as a<br />

group have many characteristics that make them good indicators: they are<br />

well-studied, taxonomically stable, easily surveyed, widely-distributed across<br />

almost all habitats, and include both generalised and specialised species.<br />

There are enough bird species (more than 1,300 in East Africa; more than<br />

2,170 in Africa and Madagascar) to make meaningful comparisons between<br />

sites, but few enough that taxonomic and identification problems are rarely an<br />

issue. However, there are few precise details and guidelines on how birds can<br />

be used as indicators. Bennun & Fanshawe (1998) discuss bird surveys to<br />

121


evaluate the effects of forest management, while Howard et al. (1998) demonstrate<br />

that information on birds can be used to select a set of priority sites for<br />

biodiversity conservation, even if the distributions of birds and other animals<br />

and plants are poorly correlated.<br />

Categories of forest-dependence<br />

About one-third of the bird species in East Africa are found in forest.<br />

However, the extent to which they depend on forest differs. Bennun et al.<br />

(1996) list forest birds in Kenya and Uganda, in three categories:<br />

● FF species (forest specialists) are the true forest birds, characteristic<br />

of the interior of little-disturbed forest. They may persist in secondary forest and<br />

forest patches if their particular ecological requirements are met. Where they<br />

do occur away from the interior, they are usually less common. They are rarely<br />

seen in non-forest habitats. Breeding is almost invariably within forest.<br />

● F species (forest generalists) may occur in undisturbed forest but are<br />

also regularly found in forest strips, edges and gaps. They are likely to be more<br />

common there and in secondary forest than in the interior of closed-canopy<br />

forest. Breeding is typically within forest.<br />

● f species are birds which are often recorded in forest, but are not<br />

dependent upon it. They are almost always more common in non-forest<br />

habitats, where they are most likely to breed.<br />

These categories can be applied to forests elsewhere in Africa, although<br />

the same species may fall into different categories in different parts of its range<br />

(Bennun et al., 1996).<br />

The forest-specialist birds tend to have smaller distribution ranges than<br />

the other categories, and are more likely to be threatened with extinction<br />

(Bennun et al., 1996). This is not surprising, because they are less tolerant of<br />

habitat disturbance than other species. The exact ecological requirements of<br />

most forest-specialist species are still poorly known, but many seem to use a<br />

narrow range of habitats within the forest undergrowth or the canopy. Changes<br />

in the forest structure, brought about, for example, by selective logging, may<br />

make it difficult for them to survive and reproduce successfully. Removal of forest<br />

causes them to disappear entirely. In most cases, conversion to plantations<br />

will have a similar effect: very few forest birds survive in plantation forest,<br />

except where indigenous tree species are planted.<br />

Some forest birds are long-distance migrants (for example, the <strong>African</strong><br />

pitta, Pitta angolensis), while others (such as some parrots, hornbills and barbets)<br />

may make long movements in search of patchy supplies of food. Many,<br />

however, spend their whole lives within a small area of forest and may be<br />

reluctant to cross even small gaps between forest patches (Newmark, 1991).<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> species that migrate altitudinally between montane and lower-altitude<br />

122


forests present a particularly complex conservation problem, as forests at both<br />

altitudes must be maintained.<br />

Feeding guilds<br />

If comparisons are to be made across space (i.e. between sites) or time<br />

(i.e. monitoring at a particular site) then it is often useful to be able to subdivide<br />

the data according to forest dependence and guild categories. Guilds are<br />

groups of birds, not necessarily taxonomically related, that feed or behave in a<br />

similar way – for example bark-gleaning insectivores or just insectivores are<br />

both guilds. Bennun & Fanshawe (1998) show that these classifications can be<br />

useful for understanding the effects of forest management, since different<br />

guilds respond differently to particular structural changes. One advantage of<br />

using guilds or forest-dependence categories is that they average out the idiosyncratic<br />

responses of individual species, so that a more general pattern<br />

emerges.<br />

Plumptre & Owiunji (unpubl.) have developed the following set of feeding<br />

guilds for Budongo forest in Uganda (with codes for computerising data):<br />

Feeding strategy Code<br />

Frugivore FR<br />

Frugivore-insectivore FRIN<br />

Insectivore<br />

a. Sallying – from perch to flying insect INsa<br />

b. Ground – feeds on insects in leaf litter INgr<br />

c. Gleaning c1: Gleans from leaves INglL<br />

c2: Gleans from bark INglB<br />

Gramnivore (seed-eater) GR<br />

Gramnivore-insectivore GRIN<br />

Nectarivore-insectivore NEC<br />

Omnivore<br />

(eats many types of food) OM<br />

Raptor<br />

a: catches below canopy RAPb<br />

b: catches at canopy mainly RAPc<br />

123


Feeding height<br />

Different bird species make use of different levels in the forest, so it is<br />

important to record species that are being seen. Three simple categories can<br />

be used:<br />

1. feeds at or within three metres of ground level GRD<br />

2. feeds in the middle strata of the forest<br />

or in understorey tree canopies MID<br />

3. feeds at forest canopy height (in tallest trees) CAN<br />

This classification provides a useful level of detail (Bennun & Fanshawe,<br />

1998) and is recommended for application in other <strong>African</strong> forests.<br />

If survey data are to be lumped into forest-dependence or guild categories,<br />

this may affect the survey methods that are chosen. Not all survey<br />

methods produce data that can be pooled in this way (see section 7.3 below).<br />

7.2 Management issues<br />

Intact natural forest is a diminishing habitat everywhere. This puts forestspecialist<br />

bird species at risk. In places where large blocks of forest have<br />

become fragmented, bird populations that were once continuous are now split<br />

into isolated units that may have limited interchange with each other (e.g. Lens<br />

et al., 1999). Fragmentation has other negative effects: fragments have relatively<br />

more edge and less interior than large blocks; they are especially vulnerable<br />

to habitat degradation; and they may be easier for predators or parasites<br />

to penetrate. Local extinctions have already been demonstrated in small forest<br />

fragments across East Africa (e.g. Tanzania: Newmark (1991); Kenya: Brooks<br />

et al. (1998); and Uganda: Dranzoa (1993)). In the Taita Hills, the asymmetry of<br />

birds’ plumage features (fluctuating asymmetry, a sign of stress) increases in<br />

smaller forest fragments (Lens & van Dongen, 1999), and there may be concomitant<br />

effects on population sex-ratios (Lens et al., 1998).<br />

Management strategies to mitigate the effects of fragmentation may<br />

include restoration or maintenance of habitat corridors (e.g. forest strips along<br />

river valleys) and more effective protection from human disturbance. Where<br />

large forest blocks remain, zoning and control of forest exploitation should be<br />

designed to prevent habitat fragmentation occurring in the first place.<br />

Habitat degradation also has negative effects on forest birds. The populations<br />

of forest-specialist species decline as the structure of the habitat is<br />

modified (see Bennun & Fanshawe, 1998 for a review). Mechanised logging is<br />

the most conspicuous form of habitat degradation, but severe damage may<br />

124


also be done by non-mechanical methods such as pit sawing. On a small<br />

scale, logging opens up gaps that mimic natural tree-falls and increase the<br />

diversity of species – but at the expense of the sensitive forest-interior birds.<br />

Exploitation for poles and fuelwood, and grazing by livestock, can cause<br />

serious problems for forest-specialist species. Collection of fallen deadwood<br />

affects insect populations, and thus birds too. Hole-nesting birds such as woodpeckers,<br />

barbets and hornbills rely heavily on standing deadwood or old, overmature<br />

trees where nest-sites can be found or excavated (Newton, 1994; Du<br />

Plessis, 1995). A forest that is well managed for timber, with dead or dying<br />

trees carefully removed, may be very badly managed for birds (and other biodiversity).<br />

Tye (1993) reviews many of the relevant conservation issues with examples<br />

from Tanzania. Generally, arguments for the sustainability of these forms<br />

of forest use must be critically assessed; in practice, sustainability usually<br />

means a particular trade-off between economic benefits and biodiversity loss.<br />

Deciding whether such a trade-off is acceptable or not requires detailed ecological<br />

knowledge about the species of conservation concern and a monitoring<br />

programme to assess the effects of forest-use, both local (e.g. Hall & Rodgers,<br />

1986) and commercial.<br />

Some bird species are hunted for food. In East Africa at least, this is not<br />

usually a concern for most forest species. However, it may be a problem for a<br />

few, such as forest francolins; for example, hunting already poses a threat to<br />

the Udzungwa partridge, Xenoperdix udzungwensis, which has a restricted distribution<br />

range in Tanzania. Capture of birds for the live-bird export trade affects<br />

a small number of forest species, such as the grey parrot, Psittacus erithacus.<br />

Any legal offtake of birds, for local use or export, must be controlled properly<br />

and based on detailed distribution and population studies for the species<br />

concerned. Such control measures do not currently exist.<br />

Birds can themselves be used as a management and conservation tool<br />

(Bennun, 1999; Bennun & Njoroge, 1999). At one level, they are likely to be the<br />

easiest group to monitor if changes in forest biodiversity need to be assessed.<br />

At another level, they provide an excellent focus for conservation education<br />

and action. For example, site-support groups with a birdwatching emphasis are<br />

already active around several forest Important Bird Areas in Kenya.<br />

Birdwatching has great tourism potential in East <strong>African</strong> forests, and can provide<br />

a source of local employment and revenue generation. Although birds still<br />

lack the public profile of large mammals, in East Africa they are receiving<br />

increasing attention and increasingly high priority in conservation and management.<br />

For example, in Tanzania, the finding of a new species of bird (as well as<br />

of other vertebrates) helped catalyse the establishment of that country’s first<br />

forest National Park.<br />

125


7.3 Methods<br />

General<br />

Surveys of forest birds may be undertaken for a variety of reasons,<br />

including:<br />

● characterising the avifauna of a little-explored site;<br />

● comparing the bird communities of different forests, in order to set<br />

conservation priorities;<br />

● tracking changes in bird communities in relation to forest management<br />

(a form of monitoring: see below);<br />

● investigating the distribution and status of particular birds of interest<br />

within a forest, or among a set of fragments.<br />

The different kinds of surveys differ in whether they require simple lists,<br />

measures of relative abundance, or measures of absolute abundance. Simple<br />

lists are the easiest kind of information to collect. However, with very little extra<br />

effort it is possible to collect information on relative abundance. This allows<br />

comparison of sites within and between forests and is generally much more<br />

useful. It is at this level that most survey work is carried out. Assessing the<br />

actual population densities of birds requires considerably more work, and<br />

should only be undertaken if the extra information really justifies the effort.<br />

This chapter provides only a brief outline of the survey methods most<br />

useful for forest birds, many of which have been field-tested in Kenya and<br />

Uganda. For more information and discussion, see Pomeroy (1992) and Bibby<br />

et al. (1998, 2000).<br />

Inventory versus monitoring<br />

Inventory (finding out what species are in a particular site) and monitoring<br />

(tracking changes over time) are at opposite ends of a spectrum of survey<br />

types. It is important to be clear about what kind of work you are doing, as<br />

otherwise much valuable effort can be wasted.<br />

Strictly, monitoring implies assessing changes against some target value<br />

or threshold. With forest birds, we are more often involved with surveillance – a<br />

series of surveys over time. In either case, it is important that data are collected<br />

in a highly standardised way, on a regular (though not necessarily frequent)<br />

basis. You need to be able to repeat the same kind of data collection at the<br />

same place at the same time. Some useful background and guidelines on surveillance<br />

and monitoring can be found in Goldsmith (1991), Stork & Samways<br />

(1995), Tomas Vives (1996) and Bennun (2000, 2001).<br />

The key feature of monitoring (including surveillance) is consistency.<br />

Often, this means that you will only be able to survey a small portion of a<br />

126


particular site. Entire bird communities can be monitored, but monitoring often<br />

concentrates on one or a few key species or species-groups that are particularly<br />

significant. For example, depending on your interest or the threats and<br />

changes facing a particular site, monitoring surveys might focus on a threatened<br />

species, or a particular feeding guild like large frugivores. Because monitoring<br />

aims to detect changes, it is important to minimise the sampling errors in<br />

estimates (see below). This means careful sample design and high-effort, lowcoverage<br />

surveys. Suitable techniques for monitoring are those that can be<br />

exactly repeated in the same places time after time, and that give accurate<br />

estimates – for example, fixed- and variable-width transects and point counts.<br />

With inventory, the concern is usually comparisons in space (with other<br />

sites) rather than comparisons over time. The aim is to build up as complete a<br />

picture as possible of a site’s avifauna. Because bird distributions are often<br />

patchy, it is important to cover as much area as possible. Since inventory often<br />

has to be rapid, this means that surveys at a particular location may be relatively<br />

superficial. To make sure the species list is complete, different techniques<br />

(such as mist netting, playback and timed species-counts) may need to be<br />

used together, and all available habitats investigated. Absolute abundance<br />

measures are usually unnecessary for inventory work – relative abundance is<br />

enough, so long as similar approaches have been used at the comparison<br />

sites.<br />

Good inventory techniques will thus cover large areas and produce long<br />

species-lists quickly. Examples below include timed species-counts and<br />

MacKinnon lists (and their variants).<br />

Identification<br />

To survey birds you need to be able to identify them, both by sight and<br />

sound. This is not easy in forests. Building identification skills takes time and<br />

effort, although going to the field with more experienced birders who are willing<br />

to teach and encourage you is probably the best way to improve identification<br />

skills rapidly. You can also build your knowledge of species by examining specimens<br />

in the collection of a museum and/or university, and through careful<br />

study of reference books and other literature. The number of useful references<br />

is increasing, including:<br />

● illustrated field guides or checklists. For East Africa, the books of<br />

choice are Stevenson & Fanshawe (2001), for the whole region<br />

(except Ethiopia), and Zimmerman et al. (1996), an essential handbook<br />

for Kenya and northern Tanzania that includes many birds of<br />

Ugandan forests. Many good guides are available for southern Africa,<br />

such as Sinclair et al. (1997) and Newman (2000). Van Perlo (1999)<br />

covers Zambia, Angola and Mozambique, omitted by most other<br />

127


guides. In West Africa the choice is more limited: Serle & Morel (1992)<br />

covers the whole region but it is out of date (and out of print in<br />

English). There are a few field guides for particular countries, such as<br />

SeneGambia (Barlow et al., 1997) and Sao Tomé and Príncipe<br />

(Christy & Clarke, 1998).<br />

● Birds of Africa, a multi-author, multi-volume handbook published by<br />

Academic Press, and now into its sixth volume (Fry et al., 2000), with<br />

one more volume due. Certainly not one for the field, since each volume<br />

weighs several kilograms, but an essential reference work.<br />

● The <strong>African</strong> Handbook of Birds by Mackworth-Praed & Grant (1955–<br />

1973; six volumes) provides detailed information and is very useful for<br />

identifying birds in the hand, especially where no modern field guide<br />

exists. The nomenclature is somewhat out of date, and the illustrations<br />

are scanty and inadequate, but these volumes remain invaluable.<br />

● Notes on particular difficult groups, in periodicals such as the <strong>African</strong><br />

Bird Club Bulletin and Africa: Birds and Birding, or regional publications<br />

like Scopus and Kenya Birds (e.g. Allport et al. (1996) on<br />

illadopses, Turner & Zimmerman (1979) and Bennun (1994) on<br />

Kenyan greenbuls).<br />

There are now good commercial compilations of sound recordings for<br />

each major region of Africa: West (by Claude Chappuis); East (by Brian Finch,<br />

published alongside Stevenson & Fanshawe, 2001), and South (by Guy<br />

Gibbon and others). These are very valuable reference sources for forest bird<br />

survey work, and will amply repay study. Bear in mind that there is substantial<br />

individual variation in calls, and that bird species do not always sound the<br />

same across their entire range. Many researchers and birdwatchers also keep<br />

their own sets of recordings and may be willing to loan them; other useful compilations<br />

are listed in Pomeroy (1992).<br />

Learning the birds that you are likely to encounter in a specific area, by<br />

sight and sound, will save much time and effort in the field. If you can reliably<br />

detect differences between birds, so that the number of different species you<br />

see can be recorded fairly accurately, this will enable you to collect meaningful<br />

data even if you cannot be sure of all identifications. Indeed, if you find yourself<br />

unable to identify a particular species in the field, even after having consulted a<br />

field guide or birding companion, then it is important to note down important<br />

features of the bird (e.g. general size/colour, beak colour/shape, eye colour,<br />

etc.) or to make a rough sketch. Do not spend too much time doing this,<br />

because the distraction may cause you to miss other sightings. With practice,<br />

your ability to record features of birds in your notes will improve, allowing you<br />

to identify more birds using the reference works.<br />

128


Especially when you are starting off, it may be wise to note which birds<br />

you identify on the basis of their calls alone. This will enable you to go back to<br />

your data and correct your records (in the event of allocating the wrong name<br />

to a particular bird call).<br />

Ideally, you should identify all the birds you record reliably to the level of<br />

species. If you are unable to do so, then try and identify them reliably to the<br />

level of the group or genus (e.g. greenbul or flycatcher). Although birds are<br />

much easier to identify than many other groups of animals, they are still challenging<br />

– especially when you are using calls. Always be cautious, and take<br />

your level of experience into account. Never be tempted to name a bird unless<br />

you are really certain of the identification and can justify it from your notes if<br />

necessary. Write down doubtful cases as ‘Unidentified greenbul’ (or whatever),<br />

or in the worst case, ‘Unidentified bird’. Failing to make an identification is<br />

much preferable to making the wrong one.<br />

A note on sampling<br />

A detailed discussion of sample design is beyond the scope of this chapter,<br />

and more information on sampling for bird surveys can be found in<br />

Pomeroy (1992) and Bibby et al. (1998). However, some general points are<br />

discussed by Bennun & Fanshawe (1998):<br />

i) <strong>Forest</strong> bird survey data tend to be noisy. If forests or forest blocks are<br />

to be compared statistically, there must be an adequate number of sampling<br />

units.<br />

ii) This means trying to balance the number of replicates, the time and<br />

effort needed to carry them out, and the size of the sample that can be collected<br />

in each case. For instance, if time allows you to run a total of 10km of transects<br />

in each block of forest, how should you divide these up? One 10km transect<br />

is probably not a good idea, but a hundred 100m transects might not be<br />

useful either – the number of birds you would record along each one might be<br />

very low. Most probably, something in between would be more suitable, with<br />

transect length determined by the number of birds you expect to record and the<br />

number of these transects determined by how much time you have.<br />

iii) Survey results can be strongly influenced by season, time of day and<br />

local habitat variation (including elevation). It is essential to minimise bias in<br />

your data by taking these sources of variation into account (e.g. by conducting<br />

counts at different sites during the same seasons, randomising count order<br />

across the day, and stratifying your sample to take habitat and altitudinal<br />

variation into account).<br />

If you intend to do transect work, or carry out mist netting, you will need<br />

to think about the location of your lines. Usually these should be randomised,<br />

as far as possible, within each stratum of your sample (but if you are mainly<br />

129


interested in building up a species list then you will want to place mist nets in a<br />

variety of micro-habitats – also see section 5.3.3). It is often desirable to use<br />

existing small trails and paths, rather than destroying more vegetation by cutting<br />

your own. Be aware, however, that trails are themselves often aligned in a<br />

highly non-random way.<br />

Transect lines do not necessarily have to be entirely straight. Some<br />

reconnaissance to map out trails may be necessary (and is almost always useful)<br />

before survey work begins. When trails are mapped they can be partitioned<br />

into convenient sections of equal length. By giving each section a number, you<br />

can select sections for sampling using random number tables.<br />

Alternatively, especially if you do have to cut your own trails, you can lay<br />

out transects or mist net lines systematically. For example, you might decide to<br />

sample at every 500m alternately to left and right along a line bisecting the forest.<br />

Systematic sampling has the advantage of simplicity and of covering the<br />

whole study site (by definition, random sampling does not always do this).<br />

However, where there is a regular pattern in habitat variation, such as evenly<br />

spaced ridges and valleys for instance, it can potentially lead to biased results.<br />

See also section 7.3.11 for tips on suiting the method to the bird.<br />

7.3.1 General surveys<br />

A general survey consists of recording the species, and sometimes number,<br />

of birds seen and heard in an area. After a period of observation, a broad<br />

indication of abundance, such as ‘regular’, ‘common’ ‘rare’, and so on, can be<br />

given to each species.<br />

Site selection, procedure and recording<br />

A regular record is kept of bird species seen and heard during walks (or<br />

at any other time, e.g. around a base camp or while watching a fruiting or flowering<br />

tree). Usually, observers try to cover as much of an area as possible and<br />

investigate all major habitats and micro-habitats, in order to maximise the number<br />

of species recorded. Observers might also use play-back and mist netting<br />

to try and detect inconspicuous undergrowth species. Preferably, habitat and<br />

numbers (at least for flocking species) should be noted for each record.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

This is the least useful approach with respect to quantitative results and<br />

comparative work, but it does allow an initial species list to be drawn up. It is<br />

difficult to standardise observer effort, and impossible to make any but the<br />

broadest comparisons with other sites.<br />

130


If a survey is being planned specifically for birds, then it is much better to<br />

use a more systematic approach (such as timed species-counts). If the bird<br />

work is being done as a side-line, perhaps while conducting botanical surveys,<br />

then a general survey may be all that is possible. In any survey it is important<br />

to record ad hoc observations of birds (i.e. casual records in addition to those<br />

on scheduled counts) as these may add substantially to the species list.<br />

7.3.2 Timed species-counts (TSCs)<br />

The timed species-count technique provides a quick and simple method<br />

for gaining a measure of relative abundance of canopy and mid-level bird<br />

species in a fairly large, defined area. It has the advantage of covering a bigger<br />

area than point counts or transects (see below), and it is not tied down to particular<br />

localities or lines. Thus it is possible to build up an overall species list<br />

much faster.<br />

TSCs are essentially repeated species lists, on which are indicated the<br />

first time when each species is first positively identified by sight or sound<br />

(Pomeroy & Tengecho, 1986; Pomeroy & Dranzoa, 1997). Species receive a<br />

cumulative score according to when they were first recorded on each count:<br />

species that are observed more frequently receive higher mean scores, as they<br />

tend to occur early within a count as well as in a high proportion of counts.<br />

TSCs were developed initially for use in open habitats, but have been modified<br />

in Kenya for application in forests.<br />

Site selection<br />

As far as possible, TSCs should be well spread over the whole study<br />

area being surveyed. They should also take in all the different micro-habitats<br />

(such as different forest types on ridges and along streams). During the count,<br />

there is no need to keep to a set path, and you can wander off to investigate<br />

sounds of bird activity, fruiting trees, and so on. If you are surveying forest<br />

birds, it is usually a good idea to avoid going into areas of entirely different<br />

habitat, such as grassland or cultivation, as this could obviously give you misleading<br />

results. If you have a GPS, it is useful to record the start and end<br />

points of each TSC.<br />

If you work in more than one study site within a forest, you should carry<br />

out the same number of TSCs in each.<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

i) The observer walks slowly and quietly along a path in the forest for a<br />

fixed time period: 40 minutes has been used in Kenya, 60 minutes in Uganda.<br />

131


ii) In its simplest version, when the observer positively identifies a particular<br />

species for the first time during that count, the species is recorded along<br />

with the time. In the modified version for forests, a note is also made, using a<br />

simple code, as to whether the birds are above or below 3m from the ground,<br />

and whether they are more or less than 25m from the observer’s present position<br />

or intended route. In this modified version, it is important to note the first<br />

time the bird is recorded within these limits: i.e. above 3m from the ground and<br />

within 25m from the trail. Only this information is used in calculating the TSC<br />

index. Data may be entered on Form 7.1.<br />

iii) The 3m limit excludes hard-to-detect understorey birds, which this<br />

technique samples inefficiently. The 25m limit removes some of the bias due to<br />

noisy or conspicuous species, which tend to be identified early in a count and<br />

thus receive high scores (Bennun & Waiyaki, 1993). Records outside these limits<br />

are still valuable in compiling the overall species list. They can also be used,<br />

if so desired, to calculate an overall occurrence index, i.e. the proportion of<br />

counts on which the species is detected. The 3m limit was developed for use<br />

where undergrowth birds are being sampled by mist netting (see below) and<br />

may be ignored when mist netting is not being used.<br />

iv) In Kenya, the typical procedure has been to carry out at least 20<br />

TSCs for each study area (a particular sector of a forest). Several TSCs may<br />

be carried out in a morning, separated by intervals of at least 10 minutes (in<br />

time) and 100m (in space). Timed species-counts are undertaken by a single<br />

observer, usually after the early peak of morning bird activity has decreased;<br />

this makes the results more consistent, and also allows workers to deal with<br />

the early activity expected at the mist nets (see below). For standardisation<br />

purposes, the suggested count period is between 08:30 and 12:00, but this<br />

may need to be adjusted for different sites. General records of weather conditions<br />

(including wind) should be made at the beginning of each count.<br />

v) This exercise should also be repeated as many times as possible,<br />

along different routes. Several people can conduct TSCs along different routes<br />

at the same time.<br />

vi) If using the modified method, you will need to use a simple system of<br />

symbols, or a column on a form, to indicate whether or not the bird is above or<br />

below 3m and within or outside the 25m limit. It may also be a good idea, as<br />

suggested above, to indicate whether the bird was seen (‘s’) or only heard (‘h’).<br />

Data analysis<br />

In the modified method, the TSC index is based on only the records<br />

above 3m and within 25m. To calculate this index, we need to know only the<br />

first time that each species is recorded within these limits; once a species has<br />

132


een recorded above 3m and within 25m, there is no need to record it when it<br />

appears again during the same count. For birds recorded outside the limits,<br />

each species need only be recorded once and the time is unimportant. For<br />

each count, each species is then assigned an index ranging from 0 to 4,<br />

depending on whether it was recorded during the first 10 minutes (= 4), second<br />

ten minutes (= 3), down to 0 for a species not recorded during that count. An<br />

average score is then taken over all the counts. For an hour-long TSC, the<br />

scores go from 0 to 6 in the same way. The scores for the two systems can be<br />

made comparable by adding 2.0 to the scores for the 40-minute counts.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

The TSC is a good method for assessing relative abundance. It is not<br />

necessary to record the number of birds detected, just the species, and you<br />

can concentrate on detecting new species. This is an advantage for relatively<br />

inexperienced observers who may need to spend more time on identification,<br />

and also for more experienced observers visiting a new site for the first time<br />

and still familiarising themselves with the local birdlife. It is also useful when<br />

trying to cope with mixed-feeding parties, when many species may pass<br />

through in a very short time. The TSC index is a useful comparative measure<br />

of different sites and forests. It is not as good a method as the point count for<br />

detecting shy birds of the forest interior, but appears to be just as efficient (perhaps<br />

more so) for sampling canopy species.<br />

Pomeroy & Dranzoa (1997) show that species richness can be assessed<br />

from TSCs either from species accumulation curves or regression estimates.<br />

Measures of relative abundance for individual species from TSCs also correlate<br />

well with those from transect counts (Pomeroy & Dranzoa, 1997) or timed transects<br />

(see below: Bennun & Waiyaki, 1993). TSCs produce data on more<br />

species and in less time than traditional transects, thus making them more efficient.<br />

Because the TSC does not have to follow a set path over a set distance,<br />

it is much easier to carry out in forests than is a standard line transect. If the<br />

aim is to assess species richness (or the richness of a sub-group of species,<br />

such as forest specialists), or the relative abundance of particular species in<br />

different forests or compartments, then TSCs are a good method to use.<br />

In the unmodified version of TSCs, scores strongly reflect detectability as<br />

well as abundance. They thus cannot be used to compare even the relative<br />

abundance of species that differ widely in their detectability (Pomeroy &<br />

Dranzoa, 1997). This problem is partially overcome by the modified version<br />

with a 25m distance cut-off (Bennun & Waiyaki, 1993). The relative abundance<br />

(compared to other species) of flocking birds is underestimated by TSCs<br />

(Bennun & Waiyaki, 1993), and TSCs do not adequately sample shy understorey<br />

birds.<br />

133


However, the main problem with TSCs is that the indices are not very<br />

easy to handle mathematically. Each TSC index is a measure of relative<br />

abundance for a particular species on a scale of 0–4 or 0–6. It is not clear<br />

whether TSC scores can legitimately be summed to create a cumulative index<br />

for forest-dependence categories or for guilds. If summed abundance measures<br />

for these sub-groups are needed, then it may be better to use another<br />

method – perhaps a timed transect (see below). For this reason, in particular,<br />

TSCs may not be very useful for monitoring purposes (see Bennun &<br />

Fanshawe, 1998).<br />

7.3.3 MacKinnon lists<br />

and related methods<br />

MacKinnon lists (MacKinnon & Phillips, 1993; Bibby et al., 1998) also<br />

allow calculation of an index of relative abundance. In essence, you build up a<br />

picture of the richness of the avifauna and species’ relative abundance by compiling<br />

a series of species lists – each with the same number of species. The<br />

faster the total number of species rises as you add lists, the greater the overall<br />

richness. The more lists a particular species occurs on, the more abundant it is.<br />

Fjeldså (1999) developed this method further for use in rapid assessment<br />

of forest avifaunas, using a 20-species list.<br />

Site selection<br />

As for timed species-counts. Ideally, your effort should be well spread<br />

across your study site and cover all micro-habitats. Simple MacKinnon listing<br />

requires searching for birds in whatever may be the most efficient manner.<br />

Different ground should be covered from one list to another. The minimum<br />

number of lists needed for each study site is around 15.<br />

The Fjeldså technique involves listing within a defined study site – in his<br />

case, of area 1.5 km 2 in a particular forest type. Within this, you walk randomly,<br />

searching for and recording birds.<br />

Procedure and Recording<br />

In the simple version, you search for and record each new bird species<br />

until you have a pre-set number of species on your list – usually between 8<br />

and 20 (the more species-rich your forest, the higher the number on the list<br />

should be). When the species total reaches the pre-set number, start another<br />

list, on which the same species can appear again if you see or hear them.<br />

Fjeldså’s method is similar, but you record every bird seen and heard<br />

throughout the count. Fjeldså walked randomly within the study site from dawn<br />

to dusk, recording throughout. However, the method can just as well be applied<br />

134


for shorter periods – the minimum on one day being the time taken to acquire a<br />

list of 20 species.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Plotting the total number of species recorded against the number of lists<br />

included gives a curve that rises rapidly at first and then levels out, finally<br />

reaching a plateau. This plateau level gives the observed species richness,<br />

which can be compared across sites (using the same number of lists, with the<br />

same number of species in each list, for each site). This value is not the same<br />

as the real, total species richness, but can be used to estimate it: Fjeldså<br />

(1999) gives a formula for this, based on Colwell & Coddington (1994).<br />

Relative abundance of species can be expressed as the fraction of lists<br />

on which a species occurs (Bibby et al., 1998). However, since each species<br />

can only occur once on each list, this will severely underestimate the abundance<br />

of common species. Fjeldså (1999) dealt with this problem by recording<br />

every bird seen or heard, whether a new species for the list or not. The total<br />

number of records for each species can then be expressed as a percentage of<br />

the overall total. This is a similar approach to the timed transect method (see<br />

below). Relative abundances calculated this way correlated very strongly with<br />

measures derived from intensive point count observation in the same forests<br />

(Fjeldså, 1999).<br />

Advantages/ limitations<br />

The simple MacKinnon list method does not produce reliable relative<br />

abundances, which is a disadvantage for most studies. Fjeldså (1999) lists the<br />

following advantages of the adapted method:<br />

● time is used efficiently – all the time available is devoted to data<br />

collection, rather than, for example, moving between transect lines or<br />

point count points;<br />

● more information is gathered than in a total list of species seen: data<br />

can be standardised and total species richness extrapolated;<br />

● it produces reliable information on relative abundances (provided that<br />

all the birds seen or heard are recorded);<br />

● it is less influenced by the relative skills of observers, compared with<br />

timed species-counts. This is because you can take as much time as<br />

you need to identify a particular bird, and it does not matter whether<br />

you complete your list of 20 species in an hour or in a whole morning.<br />

To obtain relative abundances with this method requires more effort than<br />

with timed species-counts, since all birds seen or heard have to be recorded,<br />

rather than just each new species. The reduced influence of relative skills is<br />

only real if all observers can eventually identify all the birds they see or<br />

135


hear – no survey method will work well with very inexperienced observers. With<br />

an experienced survey team, this approach differs very little from timed<br />

transects (see below).<br />

7.3.4 Timed transects (TTs)<br />

Timed transects (TTs) were developed for use in Kenyan forests as a<br />

simple method of assessing relative abundance that did not suffer from some<br />

of the problems of the TSC. Timed transects measure the number of birds seen<br />

in a set time, rather than along a set distance.<br />

Site selection, procedure and recording<br />

The timed transect technique is similar to the TSC, except that the<br />

observer also records the numbers of birds seen or heard within the limits<br />

described for the modified TSC (i.e. above 3m and within 25m), each time a<br />

bird is identified (not just the time a species is first detected). Species detected<br />

outside the limits are recorded separately in order to build up the species total.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Timed transect and TSC scores are strongly correlated (Bennun &<br />

Waiyaki, 1993), and the two methods share the same advantages of being simple<br />

and quick to perform. However, because the actual number of birds is<br />

recorded, the timed transect method is less susceptible to the biases of the<br />

TSC index in favour of conspicuous species and against flocking species.<br />

Because the TT index is the actual number of birds detected for each species,<br />

it is straightforward to produce cumulative scores for forest-dependence and<br />

guild categories.<br />

However, TTs require more effort than TSCs. All birds within the limits<br />

must be identified and counted. It can be especially difficult to estimate the<br />

numbers of birds that are only heard – some experience of the forest and the<br />

species may be necessary before this can be done with accuracy.<br />

Timed transects could, in principle, be used for monitoring. However, it is<br />

difficult to repeat exactly the same series of counts in the same places, and to<br />

tie these down to other aspects being monitored (such as vegetation). Point<br />

counts or fixed-length transects are recommended for monitoring instead.<br />

7.3.5 Fixed-width transect counts<br />

Transect counts have been used extensively in open habitats, but, in<br />

closed forest, visibility is poor and the viable transect width tends to be narrow.<br />

It can also be difficult to lay down fixed-length transects in forest habitat. In the-<br />

136


ory, line transects provide a measure of absolute abundance; in practice, this is<br />

probably not the case, as many birds are probably missed – although the<br />

results of fixed-width transects are expressed as a density.<br />

See the discussion of line transects in the mammals chapters (sections<br />

5.3.3 and 6.3.2).<br />

Site selection<br />

Because transects start and stop at specific points, it is usually possible,<br />

and desirable, to randomise their locations, or to use systematic sampling (e.g.<br />

at fixed distances along a grid). See the section on sampling above.<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

i) You can either use existing trails or grids, or cut your own. Along the<br />

route you have selected, measure out and mark a trail of known length (a useful<br />

length might be 1km).<br />

ii) The procedure is to walk the measured route quietly and slowly. The<br />

best time to do this is in the early morning or late afternoon (when birds are<br />

most active), but, in any case, counts should be made at consistent times<br />

across different sites.<br />

iii) Record all the birds you see within a fixed distance of each side of<br />

the selected route: distances between 10m and 25m are feasible depending on<br />

the nature of the habitat (use Form 7.2). If birds are in groups note the number<br />

seen. Record the time and species of each sighting (making notes/sketches of<br />

any birds that you cannot immediately identify). Continue walking the transect<br />

and make sure that you look at all levels, from the ground to the tops of the<br />

trees above the route.<br />

iv) After completing the transect, go back over your notes and attempt to<br />

identify any species you were unable to identify in the field using field guides<br />

and other literature.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Transect data can be used to give a measure of species richness, to calculate<br />

diversity indices (see Magurran, 1988 and Pomeroy, 1992 for more information),<br />

and to give a density of individual species or categories/guilds within a<br />

defined area of forest. This area is the length of all transects walked multiplied<br />

by the width covered.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Fixed-width transects provide a measure of density (although this will<br />

usually be an underestimate, as many birds may be missed). They also allow<br />

137


various diversity indices to be calculated, as there is an abundance associated<br />

with each species. However, this is rarely very useful in practical terms, and the<br />

best measure of diversity is usually simply species richness.<br />

Fixed-width transects are time-consuming and cover a relatively small<br />

area. They are, therefore, not a very efficient way of building up species lists.<br />

They take no account of differences in detectability of species between different<br />

habitat types (e.g. disturbed and undisturbed forest), and so can potentially<br />

give misleading density estimates. If reliable density measures of particular<br />

species are required, variable-width transects using distance sampling may be<br />

more useful (see below).<br />

Fixed-width transects can also be difficult to lay down, requiring at least<br />

mapping and measuring, if not extensive cutting of trails. This takes a good<br />

deal of effort and may lead to unnecessary forest disturbance.<br />

7.3.6 Fixed-width point counts<br />

Although excellent for surveys, TSCs and TTs are not really suitable for<br />

monitoring purposes, and point counts have been used for this purpose<br />

(among others) in Kenya. A major problem with this technique, however, is that<br />

very few birds tend to be recorded, since point counts sample a relatively small<br />

area.<br />

Site selection<br />

It is usually easiest to lay out point counts on a grid in a systematic way.<br />

Random locations are also possible, but may be difficult and time-consuming to<br />

find (and re-find) on the ground. You should attempt to make at least 50 point<br />

counts in each study site. In Kenya, a simple method of spacing out counts<br />

was devised. Counts were made along a cut transect every fifteen minutes, i.e.<br />

the observer spent eight minutes walking (fast) along the transect, followed by<br />

seven minutes waiting and counting at the point (see below).<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

i) The observer stands at a pre-determined point that forms the centre of<br />

a count cylinder that extends from forest floor to tree tops. After a two-minute<br />

settling-in period, the next five minutes are spent recording all the birds seen<br />

and heard within a radius of 25m (Form 7.2 may be used). These times can be<br />

varied if necessary. Theoretically, a point count is supposed to detect all the<br />

birds around a point at the moment the count starts. Therefore, there must be a<br />

balance between the time taken to search the area thoroughly, and the likelihood<br />

of birds not recorded in the count area moving into it during the count.<br />

138


ii) The species and numbers of individuals are recorded for all birds within<br />

the limits. Species detected outside the limits can be recorded separately to<br />

build up the species list. It can be useful to record whether birds are above or<br />

below 3m height (regardless of whether mist netting is also being used) so that<br />

undergrowth and higher-level birds can be distinguished. Bird community<br />

changes in response to habitat change can be different at these levels (Bennun<br />

& Fanshawe, 1998).<br />

iii) Point counts should be made over a standard period; for monitoring in<br />

Kenya this has been defined as 09:00 to 11:15, after the main mist netting<br />

activity of the morning (this would mean a maximum of eight counts per<br />

observer per day, following the routine above). Usually, point counts are carried<br />

out by a single observer, but it is possible to have an experienced observer<br />

accompanied by a trainee.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Absolute densities for birds detected within the limits can be calculated<br />

as the total number of birds recorded, divided by the total area covered by the<br />

counts. It is also possible to calculate an occurrence index (the proportion of<br />

counts where a species was recorded, for all birds inside or outside the limits).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Point counts are useful for monitoring because they can be replicated<br />

precisely: counts can be made in more-or-less exactly the same places, in the<br />

same defined area of forest, on a future occasion.<br />

Point counts also have the great advantage that habitat parameters can<br />

be measured around each point, and related to the presence or density of the<br />

birds. For example, Oyugi (1998) used point counts to assess bird abundance<br />

in Kakamega <strong>Forest</strong>, Kenya. After measuring habitat parameters at each point,<br />

he was able to develop predictive models for the density of various bird<br />

species, and for particular guilds and forest-dependence categories. Similarly,<br />

Fanshawe (1995) used point counts to compare birds in more- and less-disturbed<br />

habitats in Arabuko-Sokoke <strong>Forest</strong>, Kenya.<br />

Point counts sample a relatively small area and the number of individuals<br />

recorded for most species on most counts will be zero. This makes it difficult<br />

to compare density estimates for particular species statistically. One<br />

approach is to compare the proportions of counts where particular birds were<br />

recorded. This loses important information, however. Another possibility is to<br />

combine density estimates for guilds or forest-dependence categories, or to<br />

sub-sample blocks so that a set of point counts are combined into a single data<br />

point. The small area covered by point counts makes them unsuitable for most<br />

rapid survey work, at least where the main objective is to draw up species lists<br />

and obtain a general idea of the avifaunal composition.<br />

139


7.3.7 Distance sampling<br />

Distance sampling provides a powerful set of methods for estimating<br />

absolute abundance of particular species of interest (see Buckland et al.,<br />

1993). Distance methods take into account the fact that many birds that should<br />

be detected during a transect or point count will actually be missed. They also<br />

take into account the fact that birds may not be equally easy to detect in<br />

different forest types.<br />

Owiunji (1996, 2000) used point counts with distance sampling to measure<br />

abundance of birds in different forest types in Budongo <strong>Forest</strong>. Kosgey<br />

(1998) used transects with distance sampling to assess the densities of<br />

Turner’s eremomela, Eremomela turneri, in South Nandi <strong>Forest</strong>. Similar methods<br />

were used by Musila (2001) to census Sokoke pipits, Anthus sokokensis,<br />

and Mulwa (2001) to study Taita white-eye, Zosterops poliogaster. In the<br />

Uluguru Mountains, Tanzania, Tom Romdal (unpubl.) played back calls of the<br />

Uluguru Bush-shrike, Malaconotus alienus, at fixed points, and estimated the<br />

distance of responses.<br />

Site selection, procedure and recording<br />

Distance methods may be used in conjunction with either transects or<br />

point counts. The basic procedure is as described above for fixed-width<br />

methods. However, in this case, there is no cut-off point at a particular distance.<br />

Rather, all records (with group sizes) of the species of interest are<br />

noted, together with their perpendicular distance from the transect line, or the<br />

point count observer.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Data are analysed using the programme DISTANCE (the software and<br />

manual are available, free of charge, on the internet at<br />

www.ruwpa.st-and.ac.uk/distance). DISTANCE uses the set of observed distances<br />

to model detectability functions (the way in which numbers of records<br />

decline with distance from the observer) and to give estimates of actual densities.<br />

Different functions can be obtained for each species and for different habitat<br />

types (see also section 5.3.3).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Distance sampling is a very effective and powerful method for a specific<br />

purpose: obtaining reliable estimates of the actual abundance of focal species<br />

(e.g. a particular threatened bird whose population size is unknown). It is<br />

unlikely to be a method of choice for most biodiversity surveys. Obtaining distances<br />

for each observation is time-consuming and difficult. For species that<br />

140


are rarely encountered, there may not be enough data to model the<br />

detectability functions. Densities can only be obtained for the more frequently<br />

recorded species, and estimating densities for forest-dependence categories<br />

and for guilds will not usually be possible.<br />

Using playback of calls combined with distance sampling can be very<br />

effective for birds (like the aforementioned Uluguru Bush-shrike) that are skulking,<br />

scarce, or hard to detect. This does assume, though, that the birds call in<br />

response as soon as they hear the recording. If the birds come closer to you<br />

before responding, the technique may provide biased estimates of abundance.<br />

7.3.8 Mist netting and ringing<br />

All of the above techniques will tend to miss or under-represent forest<br />

understorey birds, which often tend to be difficult to detect and identify visually.<br />

Knowledge of vocalisations can help considerably, but some species are largely<br />

silent and others sing only at certain times of the year (see section 4.3.5).<br />

The only means of overcoming this difficulty is to use mist nets. Mist netting<br />

and ringing are powerful techniques for surveying and studying birds, and<br />

have been used to follow weight changes, moult, breeding seasons and movement<br />

in individual birds. Employing capture-mark-recapture techniques, it can<br />

also be used to estimate population size.<br />

However, mist netting and ringing require considerable expertise and<br />

extreme attention to detail, which can be acquired only through lengthy training.<br />

If you will be using mist nets to capture, identify and possibly ring birds,<br />

special permission is required. You should contact the appropriate ringing<br />

scheme (e.g. the Ringing Organiser, East Africa Natural History Society, P.O.<br />

Box 44486, Nairobi) for advice. Mist netting and ringing should be carried out<br />

only by competent and experienced persons and qualified ringers, who can<br />

handle the nets and the birds ethically and safely. If birds are not handled properly,<br />

you may affect both the results of your study and, more importantly, the<br />

long-term survival of the population. If you are not a qualified ringer, it is your<br />

responsibility to ensure that at least one and preferably two qualified ringers<br />

are members of your survey team, and that they train others in the proper techniques<br />

of netting, handling, and ringing birds.<br />

The nets are called mist nets because they are made of extremely fine<br />

nylon thread and therefore are almost impossible to see when stretched out.<br />

They come in a variety of heights, lengths and mesh sizes, but all feature various<br />

numbers of shelves – a pocket of mesh suspended from a strong thread,<br />

which runs along the net. If the nets are set correctly, birds flying across the net<br />

line do not detect them. When they fly into the net, they drop into one of the<br />

mesh pockets, and become entangled (Fig. 7.1). They can then be carefully<br />

removed, identified, banded and measured.<br />

141


Fig. 7.1: Examples of mist nets<br />

Equipment<br />

● mist nets<br />

● poles (straight bamboo poles about 40mm in diameter are ideal – light<br />

but strong)<br />

● string<br />

● bird bags (cloth bags with a draw-string, in which to hold netted birds)<br />

● rings (variety of sizes) 1<br />

● ringing pliers<br />

● ringing book (printed books2 , or use a hardbound accounting ledger<br />

and label the columns: these data must later be transcribed into the<br />

schedules for the ringing scheme under which you operate; see also<br />

the Ringing Form at the end of this chapter). A waterproof bag is<br />

always advisable.<br />

● stop-end ruler<br />

● spring balances (sizes 50g max. and 100g max.)<br />

● tarpaulin or fly sheet to protect birds and ringers from the elements at<br />

the ringing station<br />

● flagging tape (for marking net sites for location before dawn, etc.)<br />

1 Available from: Ringing Organiser, Nature Kenya, PO Box 44486, Nairobi, Kenya<br />

(eanhs@africaonline.co.ke); Ghana Wildlife Society (wildsoc@ighmail.com);<br />

Cameroon Ornithology Club (coc@iccnet.cm).<br />

2 Contact: Ornithology Department, National Museums of Kenya, P.O. Box 40658,<br />

Nairobi; Kenya.<br />

142


Site selection<br />

Mist nets work best when they are set against a background of vegetation.<br />

That makes them less visible to birds. <strong>Forest</strong>s usually provide a good<br />

habitat for netting, but open glades and canopy gaps should be avoided. Areas<br />

with a very open understorey usually produce low capture rates too, while nets<br />

close to streams or other water sources are often especially productive. If you<br />

are trying to obtain a representative sample, however, you will need to lay out<br />

your nets along randomly or systematically located lines, stratified according to<br />

major habitat divisions, as explained above.<br />

Procedure<br />

i) To set mist nets, you could use existing (reasonably straight) trails, or<br />

cut runs about 1m wide, if the vegetation will not permit the net to be set as it<br />

is. The aim is not to clear a wide path, or to alter the vegetation, but simply to<br />

let the net be set so that it is not in contact with branches or other vegetation.<br />

The ground over which the net will be placed should also be cleared of any<br />

vegetation or obstacles (such as rocks) that will entangle the net. For a wellillustrated<br />

explanation on how to set mist nets, see Howes & Bakewell (1989).<br />

ii) A commonly used size of mist net is 12m in length and 3m high, with<br />

four shelves and a mesh size of about 30mm (1.25in). Longer and shorter<br />

lengths, and various mesh sizes, are also available. It is important to have the<br />

bottom shelf of the net resting close to ground level. Many forest birds are<br />

taken only in the bottom shelf, or the one above it. However, beware of ant<br />

swarms and small mammal predators, which might attack birds trapped close<br />

to the ground – frequent patrolling is important.<br />

iii) The nets must be checked frequently at not less than half-hour intervals<br />

(preferably more often), and the birds removed (by trained extractors only)<br />

and placed in cloth bags. The birds are then taken to a ringing station a little<br />

way from the nets (close enough to be convenient, but far enough not to interfere<br />

with netting) where they are processed (identified, measured, weighed,<br />

ringed, examined for moult, brood patch, etc.) before release.<br />

iv) Metal rings (termed ‘bird bands’ in North American literature), come in<br />

several different sizes, and the correct size must be fitted to the tarsus of an<br />

individual. Each ring has its own number and instructions on it (e.g. in East<br />

Africa, the message ‘Send Museum Nairobi’). Ringing is not an essential part<br />

of bird surveys using mist nets. However, it is important that captured birds are<br />

marked in some way, so that you can tell if you retrap them. This is usually the<br />

most convenient (and by far the most informative) way of doing so.<br />

143


Suggested surveying procedure<br />

i) This procedure has been used successfully for survey by mist nets<br />

(with simultaneous timed species-counts) in Kenya.<br />

ii) The exact number of net sites used and the length of net set up will<br />

vary according to the time available, i.e. the survey schedule, and the particular<br />

forest. The aim is to catch at least 40 birds per net site in order to have a representative<br />

sample. Since capture rates vary between forests, so will the netting<br />

effort required. For each defined study block, try to net over two sites, each<br />

with between 120–200m of net. Each site is netted for two consecutive mornings.<br />

The nets are operated for four hours after dawn each day. This standardisation<br />

allows comparison of capture rates per net metre hour. The importance<br />

of using the same time relative to dawn is that bird activity patterns vary greatly<br />

between dawn, mid-day and evening. Experience has shown that capture rate<br />

usually drops off dramatically in the late morning, and that evening capture<br />

rates are usually lower than those of the early morning too.<br />

iii) Nets are set in a straight line with no breaks, along transects cut<br />

through the forest. When possible, it is useful to net along the same transects<br />

as those cut for other studies, such as botanical work. This saves much time<br />

and effort, but it will still probably be necessary to clear the transect further<br />

(especially at ground level) to make it suitable for placing the nets. Mist nets<br />

are set as close to the ground as possible. Nets 18m in length are preferred<br />

(the fewer nets, the less effort), but 9m and 12m long nets can also be used as<br />

needed. These nets have four shelves and are a small mesh size, suitable for<br />

capturing passerine birds.<br />

iv) The number of nets operated could always be increased to give a bigger<br />

sample, but this would mean more effort spent in clearing lines, setting up<br />

and moving nets, and would not leave much time to collect important biological<br />

data on the captured birds. The time spent handling each netted bird is obviously<br />

a critical factor. Processing very large numbers is usually not feasible for<br />

a survey with limited time and people-power.<br />

Suggested monitoring procedure<br />

i) This procedure has been used for forest bird monitoring by mist nets<br />

(with simultaneous point counts) in Kenya.<br />

ii) For monitoring, one needs to obtain data that can be compared statistically<br />

between monitoring sessions. As with the survey, a combination of mist<br />

netting and observation is employed.<br />

iii) The sample unit is the net-line. Six to eight net-lines are operated in<br />

each study area; the more the better, but time is usually a real constraint. Six<br />

net-lines is probably the minimum for a study area.<br />

iv) Each net-line consists of a straight series of nets, continuous along a<br />

144


line cut perpendicular to a survey transect (Fig. 7.2). The length of net is<br />

adjusted to ensure a sample of at least 30 birds per net-line. Because of differences<br />

in understorey bird density, different lengths of nets will be required at<br />

different localities. In Kakamega, 66m of net were found to be sufficient; in the<br />

Mau forests, 102m were needed. The most suitable length requires some previous<br />

experience of the area. In any case, all net lines in a study area should<br />

preferably be of identical length. Two lines are operated at once, which means<br />

that they cannot be too far apart. In Kenya, lines have been cut alternately to<br />

left and right, with around 200m between their starting points. The ringing<br />

station is then based halfway between the two lines.<br />

v) Nets are operated on a strict timetable, again for four hours from<br />

dawn onwards. Records are kept of which site each netted bird comes from<br />

(via a small piece of paper folded into each bird bag). In Kenya, netters have<br />

found no records of birds moving between sites, suggesting that each line is<br />

indeed an independent sample.<br />

Fig. 7.2: Mist net set up line<br />

net line<br />

200m<br />

Recording<br />

i) For each net site, the layout of the nets should be sketched and notes<br />

made of the site location and habitat type and condition.<br />

ii) For each netting session, record the date, the start and end time<br />

(when nets were unfurled and furled), and the weather conditions (see Form<br />

7.3).<br />

iii) For each bird caught during a netting session, it is essential to record<br />

the species, ring number and age and sex (if determined). A number of standard<br />

biometric measures are normally taken, including wing length, weight and<br />

the status of moult in the primary wing feathers. Additional biometrics, such as<br />

head and tarsus length, secondary feather, tail and body moult, are also often<br />

recorded. For detailed studies, it can be useful to record in which net, and in<br />

which shelf, particular birds were trapped. The easiest way to do this is to write<br />

the information on a small piece of paper when extracting the bird, then to fold<br />

this and place it in the bird bag. When the bird is removed from the bag so is<br />

the paper, and the details are recorded in the ringing book.<br />

145<br />

transect


iv) Some studies involve taking blood for DNA analysis, putting colour<br />

bands on the birds’ legs to allow individual identification when resighted, or taking<br />

repeated measurements to assess fluctuating asymmetry. All this information<br />

can be recorded in the ringing book as well.<br />

v) Recaptured birds need to be indicated, usually by means of an ‘R’ in a<br />

circle by the ring number.<br />

Data analysis<br />

As far as survey work goes, the data from mist netting essentially consists<br />

of a list of species and the numbers trapped. These can be used as a<br />

means of assessing relative abundance. Catch rates for individual species can<br />

be compared between species and sites if they are expressed as individuals<br />

per 100-metre-net-hours; see Pomeroy (1992) for examples. Within a study,<br />

using a standard length of net for the same hours each day simplifies comparisons.<br />

Totals can readily be summed across feeding or nesting guilds.<br />

Species accumulation curves can be drawn using mist net data, plotting<br />

the cumulative number of species against a measure of effort (such as the<br />

number of mist net sessions, or cumulative metre-net hours).<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Mist nets are important because currently they are the only method<br />

available to sample birds of the understorey adequately. Mostly using mist nets,<br />

Baker and colleagues (unpubl. data) added some 14 species of forest birds to<br />

the Tanzanian list during fieldwork in Kagera Region, Tanzania. Almost none of<br />

these species had been identified using binoculars, and the presence of many<br />

probably would have gone undetected without the use of mist nets.<br />

The main disadvantages of using mist nets are that they are expensive<br />

to purchase, demand a high degree of training to use properly, and are very<br />

labour-intensive to use requiring substantial time and effort, especially in<br />

cutting net-lines and shifting nets.<br />

Although mist nets allow a standardised approach to surveying understorey<br />

birds, they do not sample birds of the mid- and upper canopy. They also<br />

have a number of biases. Capture rates are strongly affected by the time of<br />

day, as mentioned above, so comparisons should be made cautiously if the<br />

approaches have not been standardised. The type of nets and the way they<br />

are set also affects capture rates. For monitoring, or collecting comparative survey<br />

data, nets should be of high quality with plenty of pocket, must be in good<br />

condition (holes dramatically reduce the number of captures), and set in a consistent<br />

manner (stretched tight between poles, and just off-taut between<br />

shelves). The condition of nets should be checked regularly (at least every half<br />

hour, preferably more often) and any damage repaired (mist nets require<br />

146


considerable maintenance).<br />

Nets do not sample all birds (even small ones) equally. The standard<br />

mist nets also are not suitable for very large, heavy birds, or fast fliers, such as<br />

large parrots, pigeons, and birds of prey. Any ringer will be aware that some<br />

species are more catchable than others. Remsen & Good (1996) showed that<br />

small changes in bird behaviour, e.g. alterations in foraging height following forest<br />

disturbance, could potentially cause large changes in capture rates. This<br />

does not invalidate the use of mist nets, but means that results must be<br />

interpreted cautiously. It is another good reason for combining mist netting with<br />

observational work, such as timed transects or point counts. Bear in mind,<br />

however, that a team of at least four is needed if mist netting is to be combined<br />

with counting of canopy birds using point counts.<br />

7.3.9. Sound recording<br />

The use of tape recorders in bird surveys has not yet been developed as<br />

a standard technique in East Africa, but it has many positive aspects (see<br />

Parker, 1991, for a discussion). The human ear is notoriously selective and<br />

often screens out sounds. However, the tape recorder documents all sounds<br />

detected by the microphone. Recorded sounds can then be later used to identify<br />

birds, just as field notes and diagrams can be compared in field guides.<br />

Recorded sounds can also be amplified and played back in order to<br />

attract birds close enough to enable identification. This can be extremely useful<br />

for surveying and monitoring shy and hard-to-see species, especially when<br />

these are scarce and call infrequently. It can be used in an ad hoc way<br />

(recording and playing back calls of birds you have detected but do not recognise)<br />

or more systematically (targeted at difficult-to-locate key species).<br />

Small, inexpensive recorders are readily available and can be linked up<br />

with a video-recorder microphone to form a handy, portable system. It is important<br />

to use a directional microphone, and to ensure that the system produces<br />

loud enough playback. Though more expensive than tape recorders, mini-disc<br />

systems work very well for sound recording. They are light and portable, store<br />

sound digitally, and offer the great advantage that you can edit and copy your<br />

material almost effortlessly.<br />

Equipment<br />

● high-quality portable tape recorder or mini-disc player<br />

● microphone and batteries<br />

● blank tapes or mini-discs<br />

● recorded tapes/CDs of bird sounds<br />

● plastic bag for protecting equipment against moisture<br />

147


Site selection, procedure and recording<br />

For inventory of key species, playback of recordings can be applied in a<br />

systematic way, for instance by playing a recording for a set length of time at a<br />

set volume at a particular point. Any responses by the birds within a set time<br />

period (and, if appropriate, their distance: see also above) can then be noted.<br />

Virani (2000) applied this method to survey Sokoke scops owl, Scops ireneae,<br />

though using a small flute rather than a recorder to imitate their whistled calls.<br />

Systematic playback can also be used for monitoring of one or more target<br />

species: the exact points where it is carried out (and the exact time and<br />

volume of playback) then remain fixed between surveys.<br />

For inventories of whole bird communities, Parker (1991) makes the<br />

following suggestions:<br />

i) Get up well before dawn and be out in the area to be surveyed at<br />

least 15 minutes before first light.<br />

ii) Choose a different spot each morning from which to record, preferably<br />

at areas at least 500m apart, and let the recorder run for 15 minutes or more<br />

(depending on the amount of vocal activity). Point the microphone in the direction<br />

of louder sounds for at least 60 seconds. Try to record in all directions and<br />

from the undergrowth up to the canopy. Cover as many types of forest and<br />

microhabitats as possible.<br />

iii) Find areas where mixed-species flocks are forming at dawn and<br />

record them for at least 10–15 minutes. Get 5–10 minutes of sounds from any<br />

large flock found at any time of day. (Note: mixed-species flocks are especially<br />

conspicuous in South American forests. Not all <strong>African</strong> forests have many<br />

mixed-species flocks, nor are these flocks always very vocal.)<br />

iv) Once a comprehensive collection of recordings has been assembled<br />

for a locality, attempt to obtain additional recordings of different individuals and<br />

each species.<br />

Data analysis<br />

Just as for specimens, recordings need to be accurately documented,<br />

and originals or copies deposited in institutions equipped to curate them. See<br />

Form 3.3 for an example of a data sheet used by the Macauley Library of<br />

Natural Sounds at Cornell University, Ithaca, USA. The recordings can be<br />

analysed with respect to numbers of species, time of calling, season of<br />

calling etc.<br />

Advantages/limitations<br />

Recordings (within the physical limits of microphones and tapes/minidiscs)<br />

represent a unique way to document avian species diversity. They can<br />

easily be copied and sent to others for research purposes, and also make an<br />

excellent teaching tool.<br />

148


The main limitation is how to keep the equipment from being exposed to<br />

excess heat and humidity. Sophisticated recorders and microphones are also<br />

relatively expensive, but the costs are outweighed by their versatility and the<br />

type of data they are able to collect.<br />

Playback targeted at key species needs to be used sensibly and in a limited<br />

way. Birds responding to the tape (or imitated call) do so because they<br />

think they have detected an intruder in their territory. This disrupts their normal<br />

activities. While it is probably not damaging to carry out single surveys, or<br />

repeated monitoring at long intervals, subjecting particular territorial individuals<br />

to frequent playback is unethical and to be avoided.<br />

Bird species respond differently to playback. Some call back but stay<br />

where they are; others come toward the observer and either call or investigate<br />

silently; yet others show no obvious response at all. It is important that you test<br />

the technique on the species you want to target before embarking on a<br />

systematic playback survey.<br />

Using tape recordings for bird community surveys, as done by Parker, is<br />

very time-consuming: you need to spend at least as long analysing the<br />

recording as making it in the first place. Perhaps for this reason the technique<br />

has rarely been used in Africa.<br />

7.3.10 Territory mapping<br />

For detailed population studies, it is, in theory, possible, but very timeconsuming,<br />

to map the territory of individual singing males. These are then<br />

plotted on a map of the study site, and give precise information as to density<br />

(e.g. Terborgh et al.,1990).<br />

However, there are many practical difficulties involved. In eastern <strong>African</strong><br />

forests, it is sometimes difficult to detect singing males. Furthermore, breeding<br />

seasons are not always as clear cut as in the northern hemisphere, where<br />

there is strong, clear, seasonal breeding and where males are frequently more<br />

visually and vocally conspicuous. Moyer (1993) provides a comparative study<br />

in which densities of forest birds were estimated using territory-mapping, mist<br />

netting and direct counts of non-territorial birds. He concludes that territory<br />

mapping is the most promising method when estimates of territory size and<br />

absolute density of breeding pairs are needed.<br />

7.3.11 Special considerations<br />

<strong>Forest</strong> birds present a number of challenges to surveyors. Remember to<br />

plan carefully and think clearly about the purpose and objective of your survey,<br />

as this will determine the information that you need to obtain, and thus the<br />

149


methodology that is most appropriate. If you are mainly interested in, for example,<br />

shifts of guilds between different forest types, then it will not matter much if<br />

you fail to detect certain cryptic or reclusive species; however, if your focus is<br />

on population sizes of those species, then that is a different matter.<br />

Ideally, you need to know something about the birds you are looking for<br />

before you start. For example, many fruit-eating birds congregate at particular<br />

fruiting trees. If there are only one or two such trees in your area, a standard<br />

transect-based survey might under- or over-estimate abundance. A better<br />

method might be to locate the trees and do a total count of all the frugivores<br />

that are using them.<br />

Very cryptic and silent birds can sometimes only be censused by mist<br />

netting. Some reclusive species show strong seasonal patterns of singing (e.g.<br />

East Coast Akalat, Sheppardia gunningi: Nemeth & Bennun, 2000). Unless you<br />

find out when these times are, you might easily make erroneous comparisons<br />

between sites. Nocturnal birds can often be censused by calls at night, but<br />

again frequently show variations during the night, and within and between<br />

months in their calling activity. This is one of the reasons why surveys need to<br />

be standardised; for instance, all census work might be done during the early<br />

hours of the evening, around full moon, during the dry season.<br />

In tall forests, canopy species can be extremely hard to identify. A telescope<br />

can often help, but many birds might still be missed. You need to budget<br />

more time for survey work in tall forests. You should also be careful of comparing<br />

population density estimates for canopy birds between low and tall forests.<br />

Species that fly above the canopy are even more of a problem: they might<br />

need to be censused using species-specific techniques, such as counts from<br />

raised points. These are especially useful for birds that fly to and from roosts<br />

each day, like parrots and hornbills.<br />

In some forests, birds form mixed-species flocks – feeding aggregations<br />

of several, often many, different species that move through the vegetation<br />

together. Flocks may move very fast and range over large tracts of forest.<br />

Where mixed-species flocking is common, survey techniques that cover relatively<br />

small areas, like point counts, may not work well. With transects or timed<br />

species-counts, moving rapidly through the forest until you locate a flock may<br />

be the best approach. Distance methods can be difficult to apply for mixedspecies<br />

flocks. One approach is to try to estimate the distance to the flock centre<br />

and calculate the density of flocks, rather than of individual species.<br />

For some scarce species, such as large forest raptors, conventional census<br />

methods may be hard to apply. Where these species have big, conspicuous<br />

nests, one approach is to locate and count active nests rather than<br />

individual birds.<br />

150


7.4 Specimen handling<br />

Casualties among mist-netted birds should be very rare if the nets are<br />

properly handled, but they do sometimes occur. Although specimen collection<br />

is not usually a goal of surveys, the value of the casualty is maximised if it can<br />

be collected for a museum. Sometimes it may be necessary to take voucher<br />

specimens (for instance, to confirm species identification or range extension, or<br />

if a suspected new taxon is suspected). Specimen preservation is a topic in<br />

itself, and cannot be covered properly here.<br />

Equipment<br />

If voucher specimens or net casualties are to be collected, specimen<br />

collecting permits and material are necessary. For wet specimens:<br />

● 10% formalin or 70% alcohol (c.5 litres)<br />

● container for holding preserved specimens<br />

● hypodermic syringe and needle<br />

For collecting dry specimens, more elaborate equipment (e.g. dissecting<br />

kit, needles and thread, borax powder) is required. Consult museum personnel<br />

or a specialist text on specimen preparation (see Section 4.4).<br />

Procedure and recording<br />

Museums have traditionally favoured skins of birds, but more are now<br />

realising the value of specimens preserved in fluid (10% formalin or 70% alcohol),<br />

which is a technique much more suited to the non-specialist. After washing<br />

the bird with soapy water to reduce the water repellency of the feathers, it<br />

is immersed in 10% formalin of at least three times the volume of the bird.<br />

A label on waterproof paper, with a numbered code for the specimen,<br />

should be attached to the left tarsus. See Chapter 4 (on small mammals) for<br />

additional information.<br />

Before preserving the specimen, record biometrics and other information,<br />

including soft-part colours (see Fig. 7.4), on the specimen record form (Form<br />

7.4), or in a hardback book. If the specimen is dissected before preservation, it<br />

is important to note the sex and the stomach contents. Specimens are very<br />

valuable and it is worth recording as much information on each one as<br />

possible.<br />

151


Fig. 7.3: Standard measurements for birds<br />

7.5 Health and safety<br />

Very little work seems to have been done on the potential risk to investigators<br />

of birds as regards disease transmission, either direct or by arthropod<br />

transmission. Birds do carry ectoparasites such as fleas, mites, and ticks, and<br />

the latter are known to harbour tick-borne diseases that affect humans. It is<br />

prudent for those handling birds to avoid their ectoparasites and to wear surgical<br />

gloves and a mask when dissecting specimens and/or preparing study<br />

skins. After handling birds during mist netting and ringing, make sure you wash<br />

your hands thoroughly before eating or drinking.<br />

Bats sometimes become caught in mist nets and need to be carefully<br />

freed. Follow the advice given in Chapter 4 on handling small mammals.<br />

7.6 Conclusions<br />

The following section is adapted from Bennun & Fanshawe (1998, p.16)<br />

and summarises the advice given above on choosing the most appropriate<br />

method:<br />

Choose your methodology carefully. For most survey and monitoring<br />

work, only relative abundance measures are required. Distance-sampling using<br />

variable-width methods (Buckland et al., 1993) is difficult, demanding, and generally<br />

only useful for specialised purposes. Because density estimates can be<br />

calculated for only the most common species, compiling data for guilds or forest-dependence<br />

categories is difficult. These methods do have the great<br />

advantage that they take into account the relative ease or difficulty of detecting<br />

birds in particular vegetation types. If bird calls are used in conjunction with<br />

sightings, the problem of visual detectability is diminished. Also, if there are big<br />

enough changes in vegetation between sites or monitoring visits to greatly<br />

affect detectability, it is likely that changes in the bird community will be sufficiently<br />

large to be picked up with a simple method.<br />

152


Traditional transects can be difficult to place in forests. Timed speciescounts,<br />

which do not depend on a straight-line route, are one solution, but they<br />

have substantial disadvantages too. Some of these can be overcome by simple<br />

modification. For comparative survey and monitoring, however, the biggest<br />

drawback concerns the calculated abundance indices, which are not arithmetically<br />

tractable – therefore, one cannot simply calculate overall indices for, say,<br />

feeding guilds. Timed transects have been tested in several Kenyan forests,<br />

and combine the flexibility of timed species-counts with the additive indices of a<br />

standard, fixed-width transect.<br />

All of these visual/aural methods work best for canopy and mid-level<br />

birds. For undergrowth species, standardised mist netting is appropriate for<br />

survey and monitoring work, although it is labour-intensive and time-consuming.<br />

By confining point counts and timed transects to birds above a certain level<br />

(3m has been used in Kenyan forests), it is possible to differentiate undergrowth<br />

and higher-level birds. As the results of these studies show, bird community<br />

changes can be different at these two levels. This is to be expected,<br />

given that structural change after logging can affect high- and low-level<br />

vegetation in very dissimilar ways.<br />

153


7.7 References<br />

Allport, G.A., Ausden, M.J., Fishpool, L.D.C., Hayman, P.V., Robertson, P.A. & Wood, P. (1996).<br />

Identification of Illadopsis spp. in the Upper Guinea forest. Bull. Afr. Bird Club 3: 26–30.<br />

Barlow, C., Wacher, T. & Disley, T. (1997). A Field Guide to the Birds of the Gambia and Senegal.<br />

Pica Press, London, UK.<br />

Bennun, L.A. (1994). Identification first aid... Kakamega greenbuls. Kenya Birds 2(2): 48–52.<br />

Bennun, L.A. (1999). Threatened birds and rural communities: Balancing the equation. In: Proc. 22<br />

Int. Ornithol. Congr., Durban: pp 1546–1555 (Ed. by N.J. Adams & R.H. Slotow). BirdLife South<br />

Africa, Johannesburg.<br />

Bennun, L.A. (2000). Monitoring bird populations in Africa: an overview. Ostrich 71: 214–215.<br />

Bennun, L.A. (2001). Long-term monitoring and conservation of tropical wetlands: high ideals and<br />

harsh realities. Hydrobiologia. 458: 9–19.<br />

Bennun, L. & Fanshawe, J. (1998). Using forest birds to evaluate forest management: an East<br />

<strong>African</strong> perspective. In: <strong>African</strong> Rainforests and the Conservation of <strong>Biodiversity</strong>, pp. 10–22 (Ed. by<br />

S. Doolan). <strong>Earthwatch</strong> Europe, Oxford, UK.<br />

Bennun, L. & Njoroge, P. (1999). Important Bird Areas in Kenya. East Africa Natural History<br />

Society, Nairobi.<br />

Bennun, L.A. & Waiyaki, E.M. (1993). Using timed species-counts to compare avifaunas in the Mau<br />

<strong>Forest</strong>s, south-west Kenya (summary only). Proc. Pan-Afr. Ornith. Congr. 8: 366.<br />

Bennun, L., Dranzoa, C. & Pomeroy, D. (1996). The forest birds of Kenya and Uganda. J. E. Afr.<br />

Nat. Hist. 85: 23–48.<br />

Bibby, C., Jones, M. & Marsden, S. (1998). Expedition Field Techniques: Bird Surveys. Expedition<br />

Advisory Centre, London, UK.<br />

Bibby, C.J., Hill, D.A., Burgess, N.D. & Mustoe, S. (2000). Bird Census Techniques. 2nd edn.<br />

Academic Press, London, UK.<br />

Brooks, T., Lens, L., Barnes, J., Barnes, R., Kihuria, J.K. & Wilder, C. (1998). The conservation<br />

status of the forest birds of the Taita Hills, Kenya. Bird Cons. Intl 8: 119–139.<br />

Buckland, S.T., Anderson, D.R., Burnham, K.P. & Laake, J.L. (1993). Distance Sampling:<br />

Estimating Abundance of Biological Populations. Chapman & Hall, London, UK.<br />

Christy, P. & Clarke, W.V. (1998). Guide des Oiseaux de Sao Tomé et Principe. Ecofac, Gabon.<br />

Colwell, R.K. & Coddington, J.A. (1994). Estimating terrestrial biodiversity through extrapolation.<br />

Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond., Ser. B. 345: 101–118.<br />

Dranzoa, C. (1993). Birds of fragmented forest areas in southern Uganda. Proc. Pan-Afr. Ornith.<br />

Congr. 8: 334–340.<br />

Du Plessis, M.A. (1995). The effects of fuelwood removal on the diversity of some cavity-using<br />

birds and mammals in South Africa. Biol. Cons. 74: 77–82.<br />

154


Fanshawe, J.H. (1995). The Effects of Selective Logging on the Bird Community of Arabuko-<br />

Sokoke <strong>Forest</strong>, Kenya. DPhil thesis, University of Oxford, Oxford, UK.<br />

Fjeldså, J. (1999). The impact of human forest disturbance on the endemic avifauna of the<br />

Udzungwa Mountains, Tanzania. Bird Conservation International 9: 47–62.<br />

Fry, C.H., Keith, S. & Urban, E.K. (Eds.) (2000). The Birds of Africa. Vol. VI. Academic Press,<br />

London, UK.<br />

Furness, R.W. & Greenwood, J.J.D. (Eds.) (1993). Birds as Monitors of Environmental Change.<br />

Chapman & Hall, London, UK.<br />

Goldsmith, F.B. (Ed.) (1991). Monitoring for Conservation and Ecology. Chapman & Hall, London,<br />

UK.<br />

Hall, J.B. & Rodgers, W.A. (1986). Pole cutting pressure in Tanzanian forests. For. Ecol. Mgmt 14:<br />

133–140.<br />

Howard, P.C., Viskanic, P., Davenport, T.R.B., Kigenyi, F.W., Baltzer, M., Dickinson, C.J., Lwanga,<br />

J.S., Matthews, R.A. & Balmford, A. (1998). Complementarity and the use of indicator groups for<br />

reserve selection in Uganda. Nature 394: 472–475.<br />

Howes, J. & Bakewell, D. (1989). Shorebird Studies Manual. AWB Publication No. 55. Asia<br />

Waterfowl Bureau, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.<br />

Kosgey, D.K. (1998). Status and Habitat Choice of Turner’s Eremomela Eremomela turneri (van<br />

Someren 1920) in South Nandi <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve, Kenya. MPhil thesis, Moi University, Eldoret,<br />

Kenya.<br />

Lens, L. & van Dongen, S. (1999). Evidence for organism-wide asymmetry in five bird species of a<br />

fragmented afrotropical forest. Proc. R. Soc. Lond., Ser. B 266: 1055–1060.<br />

Lens, L., Galbusera, P., Brooks, T., Waiyaki, E. & Schenk, T. (1998). Highly skewed sex ratios in<br />

the critically endangered Taita Thrush as revealed by CHD genes. <strong>Biodiversity</strong> & Conservation 7:<br />

869–873.<br />

MacKinnon, J. & Phillips, K. (1993). A Field Guide to the Birds of Sumatra, Java and Bali. Oxford<br />

University Press, Oxford, UK.<br />

Mackworth-Praed, C.W. & Grant, C.H.B. (1955, 1957). <strong>African</strong> Handbook of Birds. Series I:<br />

Volumes I & II. Birds of Eastern and North Eastern Africa. Longman, London, UK.<br />

Mackworth-Praed, C.W. & Grant, C.H.B. (1962, 1963). <strong>African</strong> Handbook of Birds. Series II:<br />

Volumes I & II. Birds of the Southern Third of Africa. Longman, London, UK.<br />

Mackworth-Praed, C.W. & Grant, C.H.B. (1970, 1973). <strong>African</strong> Handbook of Birds. Series III:<br />

Volumes I & II. Birds of West Central and Western Africa. Longman, London, UK.<br />

Magurran, A. (1988). Ecological Diversity and its Measurement. Croom Helm, London, UK.<br />

Moyer, D.C. (1993). A preliminary trial of territory mapping for estimating bird densities in<br />

Afromontane forest. Proc. Pan-Afr. Ornith. Congr. 8: 302–311.<br />

Mulwa, R.K. (2001). The population status and ecology of Taita White-eye Zosterops Poliogaster<br />

silvanus (Peters and Loveridge, 1935) in the fragmented forests of Taita Hills, Kenya. MSc thesis,<br />

Kenyatta University.<br />

155


Musila, F. (2001). Status, ecology and conservation of the Sokoke Pipit, Anthus sokokensis, in<br />

Arabuko-Sokoke <strong>Forest</strong>, Malindi, Kenya. MSc thesis, Nairobi University.<br />

Nemeth, E. & Bennun, L. (2000). Distribution, habitat selection and behaviour of the East Coast<br />

Akalat (Sheppardia gunningi sokokensis) in Kenya and Tanzania. Bird Cons. Intl 10: 115–130.<br />

Newman, K. (2000). Newman’s Birds of Southern Africa. Green Edition. Southern Book Publishers,<br />

Halfway House, South Africa.<br />

Newmark, W.D. (1991). Tropical forest fragmentation and the local extinction of understorey birds<br />

in the eastern Usambara Mountains, Tanzania. Conserv. Biol. 5: 67–78.<br />

Newton, I. (1994). The role of nest-sites in limiting the numbers of hole-nesting birds: a review. Biol.<br />

Cons. 70: 265–276.<br />

Owiunji, I. (1996). The Long-term Effects of <strong>Forest</strong> Management on the Bird Community of<br />

Budongo <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve, Uganda. MSc thesis, Makerere University, Kampala, Uganda.<br />

Owiunji, I. (2000). Changes in avian communities of Budongo <strong>Forest</strong> Reserve after 70 years of<br />

selective logging. Ostrich 71(1-2): 216–219.<br />

Oyugi, J.O. (1998). Tropical <strong>Forest</strong> Fragmentation and Avian Population Changes in Kakamega<br />

<strong>Forest</strong>, Kenya. MPhil thesis, Moi University, Eldoret, Kenya.<br />

Parker, T.A. III. (1991). On the use of tape recorders in avifaunal surveys. Auk 108: 443–444.<br />

Pomeroy, D. (1992). Counting Birds: a Guide to Assessing Numbers, Biomass and Diversity of<br />

Afrotropical Birds. AWF Technical Handbook Series no. 6. <strong>African</strong> Wildlife Foundation, Nairobi,<br />

Kenya.<br />

Pomeroy, D. & Dranzoa, C. (1997). Methods of studying the distribution, diversity and abundance<br />

of birds in East Africa – some quantitative approaches. Afr. J. Ecol. 35: 110–123.<br />

Pomeroy, D.E. & Tengecho, B. (1986). Studies of birds in a semi-arid area of Kenya. III – The use<br />

of ‘timed species-counts’ for studying regional avifaunas. J. Trop. Ecol. 2: 231–247.<br />

Remsen J.V. Jr. & Good, D.A. (1996). Misuse of data from mist net captures to assess relative<br />

abundance in bird populations. Auk 113: 381–398.<br />

Serle, W. & Morel, G. (1992). A Field Guide to the Birds of West Africa. Collins, London, UK.<br />

Sinclair, I., Hockey, P. & Tarboton, W. (1997). SASOL Birds of Southern Africa. 2nd edition. Struik<br />

New Holland, Cape Town, South Africa.<br />

Stattersfield, A.J., Crosby, M.J., Long, A.J. & Wege, D.C. (1998). Endemic Bird Areas of the World:<br />

Priorities for <strong>Biodiversity</strong> Conservation. BirdLife Conservation Series no. 7. BirdLife International,<br />

Cambridge, UK.<br />

Stevenson, T. & Fanshawe, J. (2001). A Field Guide to Birds in East Africa. T & AD Poyser,<br />

London, UK.<br />

Stork, N.E. & Samways, M.J. (1995). Inventorying and monitoring. In: V.E. Heywood (Ed.) Global<br />

<strong>Biodiversity</strong> Assessment, pp. 457–543. UNEP and Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.<br />

Terborgh, J., Robinson, S.K., Parker, III, T.A., Munn, C.A. & Pierpont, N. (1990). Structure and<br />

organisation of an Amazonian forest bird community. Ecol. Monogr. 60: 213–238.<br />

156


Thirgood, S.J. & Heath, M.F. (1994). Global patterns of endemism and the conservation of biodiversity.<br />

In: Systematics and Conservation Evaluation, pp, 207–227. (Eds. P.L. Forey, C.J. Humphries<br />

and R.L. Vane-Wright). Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK.<br />

Tomas Vives, P. (Ed.) 1996. Monitoring Mediterranean Wetlands: A Methodological Guide. MedWet<br />

Publication. Wetlands International, Slimbridge, UK and ICN, Lisbon, Portugal.<br />

Turner, D.A. & Zimmerman, D.A. (1979). Field identification of Kenya greenbuls. Scopus 3: 33–47.<br />

Tye, A. (1993). <strong>Forest</strong> and bird conservation in the East Usambara Mountains, north-east Tanzania.<br />

Proc. Pan-Afr. Ornith. Congr. 8: 287–292.<br />

Van Perlo, B. (1996). Collins Illustrated Checklist: Birds of Eastern Africa. Harper Collins, London,<br />

UK.<br />

Van Perlo, B. (1999). Collins Illustrated Checklist: Birds of Southern Africa. Harper Collins, London,<br />

UK.<br />

Virani, M. (2000). Distribution and population size of the Sokoke Scops Owl Otus ireneae in the<br />

Arabuko-Sokoke <strong>Forest</strong>, Kenya. In R.D. Chancellor & B.-U. Myberg (eds), Raptors at Risk.<br />

Proceedings of the Fifth World Conference on Birds of Prey and Owls. (Midrand, South Africa, 4–11<br />

August 1998), pp. 795–801. Hancock House, Surrey, Canada.<br />

Williams, J.G. & Arlott, N. (1980). A Field Guide to the Birds of East Africa. Collins, London, UK.<br />

Zimmerman, D.A., Turner, D.A. & Pearson, D.J. (1996). Birds of Kenya and Northern Tanzania.<br />

Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, USA.<br />

157


Form 7.1: Timed Species-count Records for <strong>Forest</strong> Birds<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Start time: End time: Other:<br />

Time Species Within 25m? Above 3m? Cue Score<br />

Cue = H (heard) or S (seen)<br />

158


Form 7.2: Bird Recording Sheet for Transect Counts<br />

Surveyor: Field sheet ref: Date:<br />

(total observers): (dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Survey site: Altitude: Aspect:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: UTM (if available):<br />

Vegetation: Human disturbance:<br />

Season: Weather: Lunar phase: Temperature:<br />

Transect length:<br />

Other:<br />

Start time: End length:<br />

Time Species No. of birds Additional observations:<br />

in groups<br />

Write a description on the back of the sheet (noting things such as general size and colour, beak<br />

colour and shape, etc.) for any species you cannot identify with confidence. This can be used later for<br />

comparison with illustrations and descriptions in standard reference works.<br />

159


Form 7.3: Bird Mist Netting and Ringing Sheet<br />

Collector: Address: Date: Time nets open:<br />

(dd/mm/yy)<br />

Location: Latitude: Longitude: Weather: Nets open: Time nets closed:<br />

Other:<br />

Ring Species Age Wing Head Tarsus Weight Other Fat bp Primary Secndry Tail Body Net Time Init Notes<br />

# Sex biometrics MLT MLT MLT MLT<br />

160<br />

If you re-ring a bird, record the original ring number in the Notes column.<br />

Return this original schedule to the ringing organiser – do not send photocopies. The ringing year runs from 01 July to 30 June. All schedules, whether<br />

complete or not, should be sent to the ringing organizer in early July each year but completed schedules may be sent at any time before this to ease the<br />

end-of-the-year paper work. It is most useful if you can prepare and send in a species’ total list covering the schedules submitted.


Form 7.4: Specimen Records: birds<br />

Specimen reference number: Collection accession number 1 :<br />

Collector: Date: Time:<br />

(dd/mm/yy)<br />

Address:<br />

Collecting site: Altitude:<br />

Latitude: Longitude: Slope:<br />

Additional notes:<br />

Species: Sex: Age:<br />

Ectoparasites: Endoparasites:<br />

Measurements: Soft part colours<br />

Wing (mm) Tarsus (mm) Bill (mm) Iris Bill Tarsus Foot<br />

Other:<br />

Moult:<br />

Tissue sample(s) preserved: Blood sample(s) preserved:<br />

Stomach contents:<br />

Component: Percentage:<br />

Remarks/Other<br />

1 To be filled in by Museum<br />

161


Responsible forest management requires accurate information about a<br />

broad range of species. However, time is too short, and resources too<br />

few, for all forest areas to be considered by specialist survey teams.<br />

This updated manual provides an overview of the methods which can<br />

be used to gather information. It is designed to be carried into the field<br />

to guide survey work, and enable the user to consider the full range of<br />

vertebrates, excluding fish, found in <strong>African</strong> forests. It also explains the<br />

basic techniques and basic standards needed for the development of<br />

essential inventory and monitoring programmes.<br />

The manual is particularly aimed at:<br />

• people carrying out short reconnaissance surveys and expeditions;<br />

• undergraduate and graduate students carrying out project and<br />

thesis work;<br />

• research departments of forest, wildlife and national parks<br />

departments;<br />

• forest and wildlife managers and technicians with responsibility for<br />

monitoring biodiversity.<br />

Published by <strong>Earthwatch</strong> <strong>Institute</strong> (Europe)<br />

267 Banbury Road, Oxford, OX2 7HT, UK<br />

Tel: +44 (0)1865 318838, Fax: +44 (0)1865 311383, Email: info@earthwatch.org.uk<br />

www.earthwatch.org/europe<br />

Registered Charity 1094467<br />

ISBN No. 0-9538179-6-2

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!